use generated fs_name function

Use new macros, HELP_OPTION_DESCRIPTION and VERSION_OPTION_DESCRIPTION
instead of hard-coding --help and --version descriptions. Split --help output into smaller pieces. Use fputs, not printf.
2025-09-10 07:59:52 +02:00 · 2001-12-16 22:59:07 +00:00 · 2001-12-15 20:46:30 +00:00 · 2001-12-15 20:46:00 +00:00 · 2001-12-15 16:59:00 +00:00 · 2001-12-15 16:58:53 +00:00
737 changed files with 74688 additions and 43560 deletions
--- a/300
+++ b/300
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ A few packages already provide translations for their messages.

   If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may
 assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally,
-itself available at your nearest GNU archive site.  But you do *not*
+itself available at your nearest GNU archive site.  But you do _not_
 need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using
 this package with messages translated.

@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ related to internationalization, you should tell about the version of
 `gettext' which is used.  The information can be found in the
 `intl/VERSION' file, in internationalized packages.

-One advise in advance
-=====================
+Quick configuration advice
+==========================

   If you want to exploit the full power of internationalization, you
 should configure it using
@@ -34,13 +34,14 @@ to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this
 package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the
 operating system where this package is being installed.  So far, only
 the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as
-many features (such as locale alias or message inheritance) as the
-implementation here.  It is also not possible to offer this additional
-functionality on top of a `catgets' implementation.  Future versions of
-GNU `gettext' will very likely convey even more functionality.  So it
-might be a good idea to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible.
+many features (such as locale alias, message inheritance, automatic
+charset conversion or plural form handling) as the implementation here.
+It is also not possible to offer this additional functionality on top
+of a `catgets' implementation.  Future versions of GNU `gettext' will
+very likely convey even more functionality.  So it might be a good idea
+to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible.

-   So you need not provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or
+   So you need _not_ provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or
 you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the
 included `libintl'.

@@ -53,23 +54,20 @@ Most such packages use GNU `gettext'.  Other packages have their own
 ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.

   By default, this package will be installed to allow translation of
-messages.  It will automatically detect whether the system provides
-usable `catgets' (if using this is selected by the installer) or
-`gettext' functions.  If neither is available, the GNU `gettext' own
+messages.  It will automatically detect whether the system already
+provides the GNU `gettext' functions.  If not, the GNU `gettext' own
 library will be used.  This library is wholly contained within this
 package, usually in the `intl/' subdirectory, so prior installation of
-the GNU `gettext' package is *not* required.  Installers may use
+the GNU `gettext' package is _not_ required.  Installers may use
 special options at configuration time for changing the default
 behaviour.  The commands:

     ./configure --with-included-gettext
-     ./configure --with-catgets
     ./configure --disable-nls

-will respectively bypass any pre-existing `catgets' or `gettext' to use
-the internationalizing routines provided within this package, enable
-the use of the `catgets' functions (if found on the locale system), or
-else, *totally* disable translation of messages.
+will respectively bypass any pre-existing `gettext' to use the
+internationalizing routines provided within this package, or else,
+_totally_ disable translation of messages.

   When you already have GNU `gettext' installed on your system and run
 configure without an option for your new package, `configure' will
@@ -83,18 +81,10 @@ package is more recent, you should use

 to prevent auto-detection.

-   By default the configuration process will not test for the `catgets'
-function and therefore they will not be used.  The reasons are already
-given above: the emulation on top of `catgets' cannot provide all the
-extensions provided by the GNU `gettext' library.  If you nevertheless
-want to use the `catgets' functions use
-
-     ./configure --with-catgets
-
-to enable the test for `catgets' (this causes no harm if `catgets' is
-not available on your system).  If you really select this option we
-would like to hear about the reasons because we cannot think of any
-good one ourself.
+   The configuration process will not test for the `catgets' function
+and therefore it will not be used.  The reason is that even an
+emulation of `gettext' on top of `catgets' could not provide all the
+extensions of the GNU `gettext' library.

   Internationalized packages have usually many `po/LL.po' files, where
 LL gives an ISO 639 two-letter code identifying the language.  Unless
@@ -110,22 +100,35 @@ Using This Package

   As a user, if your language has been installed for this package, you
 only have to set the `LANG' environment variable to the appropriate
-ISO 639 `LL' two-letter code prior to using the programs in the
-package.  For example, let's suppose that you speak German.  At the
-shell prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de' (in `csh'),
-`export LANG; LANG=de' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de' (in `bash').  This
-can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for all.
+`LL_CC' combination.  Here `LL' is an ISO 639 two-letter language code,
+and `CC' is an ISO 3166 two-letter country code.  For example, let's
+suppose that you speak German and live in Germany.  At the shell
+prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de_DE' (in `csh'),
+`export LANG; LANG=de_DE' (in `sh') or `export LANG=de_DE' (in `bash').
+This can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for
+all.

-   An operating system might already offer message localization for
-many of its programs, while other programs have been installed locally
-with the full capabilities of GNU `gettext'.  Just using `gettext'
-extended syntax for `LANG' would break proper localization of already
-available operating system programs.  In this case, users should set
-both `LANGUAGE' and `LANG' variables in their environment, as programs
-using GNU `gettext' give preference to `LANGUAGE'.  For example, some
-Swedish users would rather read translations in German than English for
-when Swedish is not available.  This is easily accomplished by setting
-`LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv'.
+   You might think that the country code specification is redundant.
+But in fact, some languages have dialects in different countries.  For
+example, `de_AT' is used for Austria, and `pt_BR' for Brazil.  The
+country code serves to distinguish the dialects.
+
+   Not all programs have translations for all languages.  By default, an
+English message is shown in place of a nonexistent translation.  If you
+understand other languages, you can set up a priority list of languages.
+This is done through a different environment variable, called
+`LANGUAGE'.  GNU `gettext' gives preference to `LANGUAGE' over `LANG'
+for the purpose of message handling, but you still need to have `LANG'
+set to the primary language; this is required by other parts of the
+system libraries.  For example, some Swedish users who would rather
+read translations in German than English for when Swedish is not
+available, set `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv_SE'.
+
+   In the `LANGUAGE' environment variable, but not in the `LANG'
+environment variable, `LL_CC' combinations can be abbreviated as `LL'
+to denote the language's main dialect.  For example, `de' is equivalent
+to `de_DE' (German as spoken in Germany), and `pt' to `pt_PT'
+(Portuguese as spoken in Portugal) in this context.

 Translating Teams
 =================
@@ -133,33 +136,21 @@ Translating Teams
   For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
 people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
 able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
-Each translation team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux
-International.  You may reach your translation team at the address
-`LL@li.org', replacing LL by the two-letter ISO 639 code for your
-language.  Language codes are *not* the same as the country codes given
-in ISO 3166.  The following translation teams exist, as of December
-1997:
+Each translation team has its own mailing list.  The up-to-date list of
+teams can be found at the Free Translation Project's homepage,
+`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/', in the "National teams"
+area.

-     Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl', English `en',
-     Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', German `de', Hungarian
-     `hu', Irish `ga', Italian `it', Indonesian `id', Japanese `ja',
-     Korean `ko', Latin `la', Norwegian `no', Persian `fa', Polish
-     `pl', Portuguese `pt', Russian `ru', Slovenian `sl', Spanish `es',
-     Swedish `sv', and Turkish `tr'.
-
-For example, you may reach the Chinese translation team by writing to
-`zh@li.org'.
-
-   If you'd like to volunteer to *work* at translating messages, you
+   If you'd like to volunteer to _work_ at translating messages, you
 should become a member of the translating team for your own language.
-The subscribing address is *not* the same as the list itself, it has
+The subscribing address is _not_ the same as the list itself, it has
 `-request' appended.  For example, speakers of Swedish can send a
 message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body:

     subscribe

   Keep in mind that team members are expected to participate
-*actively* in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
+_actively_ in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
 rather than merely lurking around.  If your team does not exist yet and
 you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to
 get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the
@@ -173,42 +164,128 @@ Available Packages
 ==================

   Languages are not equally supported in all packages.  The following
-matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of December
-1997.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
-PO files have been submitted to translation coordination.
+matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of September
+2001.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
+PO files have been submitted to translation coordination, with a
+translation percentage of at least 50%.

-     Ready PO files    cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt ru sl sv
-                     .----------------------------------------------------.
-     bash            |       []          []          []                   |  3
-     bison           |       []          []          []                   |  3
-     clisp           |       [] [] []    []                               |  4
-     cpio            |       []    []    []       [] []    []             |  6
-     diffutils       |       []    []    []                []          [] |  5
-     enscript        |       []    [] [] []          []             []    |  6
-     fileutils       | []    []    []    []       [] []    [] []    [] [] | 10
-     findutils       |       []    []    [] []    [] []    []    []    [] |  9
-     flex            |             []    []       []                   [] |  4
-     gcal            |       []          []          []    []          [] |  5
-     gettext         |    [] []    []    []       [] [] [] [] []    [] [] | 12
-     grep            |       []    []    []       [] [] [] []    [] [] [] | 10
-     hello           |    [] []    []    []       [] [] [] [] []    [] [] | 11
-     id-utils        |       []          []                []             |  3
-     indent          |    [] []                   []       []    []       |  5
-     libc            |       []    []    []       [] []    []          [] |  7
-     m4              |       []          []    []    []          []    [] |  6
-     make            |       []    []    []       [] []    []             |  6
-     music           |                   []                []             |  2
-     ptx             |       []    []    []          [] [] [] []       [] |  8
-     recode          |    [] []    []    []          []    [] []    [] [] |  9
-     sh-utils        |       []    []    []          [] [] [] []       [] |  8
-     sharutils       | []    []    []    []          []                [] |  6
-     tar             | []    []          [] []    [] [] [] [] []    [] [] | 11
-     texinfo         | []    []          []                               |  3
-     textutils       | []    []    []    []       [] [] [] []          [] |  9
-     wdiff           | []    []    []    []          [] [] []          [] |  8
-                     `----------------------------------------------------'
-       17 languages    cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt ru sl sv
-       27 packages      6  4 25  1 18  1 26  2  1 12 20  9 19  7  4  7 17  179
+     Ready PO files    bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl he hr id it ja
+                     +----------------------------------------------------+
+     a2ps            |          []             []    []                   |
+     bash            |          []       [] []       []                   |
+     bfd             |                                                    |
+     binutils        |                               []                   |
+     bison           |          []          [] []    []                [] |
+     clisp           |          []    []    []       []                   |
+     cpio            |       [] []          []       [] []                |
+     diffutils       |       [] []       [] []       [] []       []       |
+     enscript        |          []                   []                   |
+     error           |                      []       []                   |
+     fetchmail       |                                                    |
+     fileutils       |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []             [] |
+     findutils       |       [] []          [] []    [] []       [] []    |
+     flex            |       []             []       []                   |
+     freetype        |                                                    |
+     gas             |                                                    |
+     gawk            |                               []    []             |
+     gcal            |                                                    |
+     gcc             |                                                    |
+     gettext         |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []       [] [] [] |
+     gnupg           |          []       []    []    [] []          [] [] |
+     gprof           |                                                    |
+     grep            |    []    []       [] [] []    [] []          []    |
+     hello           |       [] [] []    [] [] [] [] [] []          [] [] |
+     id-utils        |       [] []                   []                   |
+     indent          |       [] []             []    [] []                |
+     jpilot          |                               []                   |
+     kbd             |                                                    |
+     ld              |                               []                   |
+     libc            |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []             [] |
+     lilypond        |                                                 [] |
+     lynx            |    [] [] []                                     [] |
+     m4              |    [] [] [] []                [] []       []    [] |
+     make            |       [] []          []       [] []             [] |
+     mysecretdiary   |          []                                        |
+     nano            |                      []          []       []       |
+     opcodes         |                                                    |
+     parted          |          []                      []             [] |
+     ptx             |       [] []          [] []    [] []       []       |
+     python          |                                                    |
+     recode          |       [] [] []    [] []       [] [] []       []    |
+     sed             |    [] [] [] []    []    []    [] [] []    [] [] [] |
+     sh-utils        |    [] [] [] []       [] []    [] []          [] [] |
+     sharutils       |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []             [] |
+     sketch          |                                                    |
+     soundtracker    |          []          []          []                |
+     sp              |                                                    |
+     tar             |    [] [] []          [] []    []             [] [] |
+     texinfo         |    [] [] []       []          []                [] |
+     textutils       |    [] [] [] []       []       [] []             [] |
+     util-linux      |    [] []                                           |
+     wdiff           |       [] []             []                         |
+     wget            |    [] [] [] []       [] []    [] [] []          [] |
+                     +----------------------------------------------------+
+                       bg cs da de el en eo es et fi fr gl he hr id it ja
+                        0 14 24 32 11  1  8 23 13  1 33 22  4  0  7  9 18
+     
+                       ko lv nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh
+                     +----------------------------------------------------+
+     a2ps            |          []                   []    []             |  6
+     bash            |                                                    |  4
+     bfd             |                                                    |  0
+     binutils        |                                                    |  1
+     bison           |                               []                   |  6
+     clisp           |          []                                        |  5
+     cpio            | []       []       []     []   []                   | 10
+     diffutils       |                   []          []       [] []       | 11
+     enscript        |          []              []   []                   |  5
+     error           |                                  []       []       |  4
+     fetchmail       |                                                    |  0
+     fileutils       | []       []       []     []   [] [] [] [] []       | 17
+     findutils       | []       []       []     []   []    [] [] []       | 16
+     flex            | []                            []       []          |  6
+     freetype        |                                                    |  0
+     gas             |                                                    |  0
+     gawk            |                                           []       |  3
+     gcal            |                                                    |  0
+     gcc             |                                                    |  0
+     gettext         | []                []     []   []    [] [] []    [] | 18
+     gnupg           |                   []                   [] []       | 10
+     gprof           |                                                    |  0
+     grep            |                   []                [] [] []       | 12
+     hello           | [] [] [] []    [] []          [] []    [] [] []    | 22
+     id-utils        |          []                   []       []          |  6
+     indent          | []       []       []          [] []    [] []       | 12
+     jpilot          |                                                    |  1
+     kbd             |                                           []       |  1
+     ld              |                                                    |  1
+     libc            | []    []       [] []     []      []    [] []       | 16
+     lilypond        |          []                            []          |  3
+     lynx            |          []              []   []       []          |  8
+     m4              |          []       []          []       []          | 12
+     make            | []       []       []     []   []          []       | 12
+     mysecretdiary   |                                                    |  1
+     nano            |                                        []          |  4
+     opcodes         |                                           []       |  1
+     parted          |          []                   []                   |  5
+     ptx             |       [] []    [] [] []       []       [] []       | 15
+     python          |                                                    |  0
+     recode          |                   []          []    [] []          | 13
+     sed             |          []              []   [] [] [] [] []       | 19
+     sh-utils        |       [] []    [] []     []   [] [] [] [] []    [] | 21
+     sharutils       |          []                   []       []          | 11
+     sketch          |                                                    |  0
+     soundtracker    |                                                    |  3
+     sp              |                                                    |  0
+     tar             |       []       [] []     []         [] [] []       | 15
+     texinfo         |                               []                   |  7
+     textutils       |       [] []    [] []     []   [] [] []             | 16
+     util-linux      |                          []               []       |  4
+     wdiff           |                               [] []    [] []       |  7
+     wget            |          []                   [] [] [] [] [] []    | 17
+                     +----------------------------------------------------+
+       33 teams        ko lv nb nl nn no pl pt pt_BR ru sk sl sv tr uk zh
+       53 domains       9  1  6 20  0  6 17  1  13   25 10 11 23 21  2  2  387

   Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
 visible blocks let us expect.  This is because a few extra PO files are
@@ -221,6 +298,27 @@ distributed as such by its maintainer.  There might be an observable
 lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
 distribution.

-   If December 1997 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
-of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites.
+   If September 2001 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
+of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites.  The most
+up-to-date matrix with full percentage details can be found at
+`http://www.iro.umontreal.ca/contrib/po/HTML/matrix.html'.
+
+Using `gettext' in new packages
+===============================
+
+   If you are writing a freely available program and want to
+internationalize it you are welcome to use GNU `gettext' in your
+package.  Of course you have to respect the GNU Library General Public
+License which covers the use of the GNU `gettext' library.  This means
+in particular that even non-free programs can use `libintl' as a shared
+library, whereas only free software can use `libintl' as a static
+library or use modified versions of `libintl'.
+
+   Once the sources are changed appropriately and the setup can handle
+to use of `gettext' the only thing missing are the translations.  The
+Free Translation Project is also available for packages which are not
+developed inside the GNU project.  Therefore the information given above
+applies also for every other Free Software Project.  Contact
+`translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to make the `.pot' files available to
+the translation teams.

--- a/4
+++ b/4
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
 the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.

    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
-    Copyright (C) 19yy  <name of author>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>

    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
 If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
 when it starts in an interactive mode:

-    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year  name of author
    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
--- a/6
+++ b/6
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ have-Makefile := $(shell test -f Makefile && echo yes)
 ifeq ($(have-Makefile),yes)

 include Makefile
+include $(srcdir)/Makefile.cfg
 include $(srcdir)/Makefile.maint

 else
@@ -25,3 +26,8 @@ all:
 	@exit 1

 endif
+
+# Tell version 3.79 and up of GNU make to not build goals in this
+# directory in parallel.  This is necessary in case someone tries to
+# build multiple targets on one command line.
+.NOTPARALLEL:
--- a/116
+++ b/116
@@ -8,20 +8,27 @@ various system-dependent variables used during compilation.  It uses
 those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
 It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
 definitions.  Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
-you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, a file
-`config.cache' that saves the results of its tests to speed up
-reconfiguring, and a file `config.log' containing compiler output
-(useful mainly for debugging `configure').
+you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
+file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
+debugging `configure').
+
+   It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
+and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
+the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring.  (Caching is
+disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
+cache files.)

   If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
 to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
 diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
-be considered for the next release.  If at some point `config.cache'
-contains results you don't want to keep, you may remove or edit it.
+be considered for the next release.  If you are using the cache, and at
+some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
+may remove or edit it.

-   The file `configure.in' is used to create `configure' by a program
-called `autoconf'.  You only need `configure.in' if you want to change
-it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version of `autoconf'.
+   The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
+`configure' by a program called `autoconf'.  You only need
+`configure.ac' if you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using
+a newer version of `autoconf'.

 The simplest way to compile this package is:

@@ -55,14 +62,15 @@ Compilers and Options
 =====================

   Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
-the `configure' script does not know about.  You can give `configure'
-initial values for variables by setting them in the environment.  Using
-a Bourne-compatible shell, you can do that on the command line like
-this:
-     CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix ./configure
+the `configure' script does not know about.  Run `./configure --help'
+for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.

-Or on systems that have the `env' program, you can do it like this:
-     env CPPFLAGS=-I/usr/local/include LDFLAGS=-s ./configure
+   You can give `configure' initial values for variables by setting
+them in the environment.  You can do that on the command line like this:
+
+     ./configure CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix
+
+   *Note Environment Variables::, for more details.

 Compiling For Multiple Architectures
 ====================================
@@ -75,7 +83,7 @@ directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
 the `configure' script.  `configure' automatically checks for the
 source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.

-   If you have to use a `make' that does not supports the `VPATH'
+   If you have to use a `make' that does not support the `VPATH'
 variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a time
 in the source code directory.  After you have installed the package for
 one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring for another
@@ -122,22 +130,36 @@ you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
 Specifying the System Type
 ==========================

-   There may be some features `configure' can not figure out
+   There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
 automatically, but needs to determine by the type of host the package
 will run on.  Usually `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
-a message saying it can not guess the host type, give it the
-`--host=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
-type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name with three fields:
+a message saying it cannot guess the host type, give it the
+`--build=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
+type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
+
     CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM

-See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
+where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
+
+     OS
+     KERNEL-OS
+
+   See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
 `config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
 need to know the host type.

-   If you are building compiler tools for cross-compiling, you can also
+   If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
 use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
-produce code for and the `--build=TYPE' option to select the type of
-system on which you are compiling the package.
+produce code for.
+
+   If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
+platform different from the build platform, you should specify the host
+platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will eventually be
+run) with `--host=TYPE'.  In this case, you should also specify the
+build platform with `--build=TYPE', because, in this case, it may not
+be possible to guess the build platform (it sometimes involves
+compiling and running simple test programs, and this can't be done if
+the compiler is a cross compiler).

 Sharing Defaults
 ================
@@ -150,20 +172,44 @@ default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
 `CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
 A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.

-Operation Controls
-==================
+Environment Variables
+=====================
+
+   Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
+environment passed to configure.  However, some packages may run
+configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
+variables may be lost.  In order to avoid this problem, you should set
+them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'.  For example:
+
+     ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
+
+will cause the specified gcc to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
+overridden in the site shell script).
+
+`configure' Invocation
+======================

   `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
 operates.

-`--cache-file=FILE'
-     Use and save the results of the tests in FILE instead of
-     `./config.cache'.  Set FILE to `/dev/null' to disable caching, for
-     debugging `configure'.
-
 `--help'
+`-h'
     Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.

+`--version'
+`-V'
+     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
+     script, and exit.
+
+`--cache-file=FILE'
+     Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
+     traditionally `config.cache'.  FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
+     disable caching.
+
+`--config-cache'
+`-C'
+     Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
+
 `--quiet'
 `--silent'
 `-q'
@@ -175,8 +221,6 @@ operates.
     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
     `configure' can determine that directory automatically.

-`--version'
-     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
-     script, and exit.
+`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.  Run
+`configure --help' for more details.

-`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.
--- a/Makefile.cfg
+++ b/Makefile.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+# -*- makefile -*-
+## Customize Makefile.maint.
+
+# List the hosts to which test releases are copied.
+# `a' and `b' are merely placeholders, and correspond to the
+# `a_' and `b_' prefixes of the following variables.
+hosts = a b
+a_host = alpha.gnu.org
+b_host = freefriends.org
+
+alpha_subdir = gnu/fetish
+a_url_dir = $(alpha_subdir)
+b_url_dir = $(alpha_subdir)
+
+# Files that `make wget-update' should update.
+wget_files = \
+  $(srcdir)/config.guess \
+  $(srcdir)/config.sub \
+  $(srcdir)/doc/texinfo.tex
+
+#  $(srcdir)/src/ansi2knr.c
+
+###############################################
+
+# FIXME: CAUTION this list is a duplicate of one in lib/Makefile.am.
+io_functions = \
+  clearerr feof ferror fflush fgets fputc fputs \
+  fread fwrite getc getchar putc putchar
+unlocked_io_functions = $(patsubst %,%_unlocked,$(io_functions))
+
+comma_separated = $(shell echo $(unlocked_io_functions)|tr -s ' ' ,)
+
+# This temp file may not be e.g., $@t, since that may be in a read-only
+# directory.  Instead, use a file in the current directory.
+t_io = $(notdir $@)t
+
+# This rule requires GNU make.
+$(srcdir)/m4/jm-glibc-io.m4: $(srcdir)/m4/jm-glibc-io.m4n Makefile.cfg
+	echo dnl This file is automatically generated from $(notdir $<). \
+	  > $(t_io)
+	echo >> $(t_io)
+	sed							\
+	  -e 's/@space_separated@/$(unlocked_io_functions)/g'	\
+	  -e 's/@comma_separated@/$(comma_separated)/g'		\
+	  $< >> $(t_io)
+	mv $(t_io) $@
--- a/Makefile.maint
+++ b/Makefile.maint
@@ -1,56 +1,173 @@
 # -*-Makefile-*-
-# This Makefile fragment is shared between fileutils, sh-utils, textutils.
+# This Makefile fragment is shared between fileutils, sh-utils, textutils,
+# CPPI, Bison, and Autoconf.

-maintainer-check:
-	if head ChangeLog| grep 'Version $(VERSION)' > /dev/null; then \
-	  :; \
-	else \
-	  echo "$(VERSION) not in ChangeLog; not tagging" 1>&2; \
-	  exit 1; \
-	fi
-	$(MAKE) distcheck
-	$(MAKE) my-distcheck
+## Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+##
+## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+## any later version.
+##
+## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+## GNU General Public License for more details.
+##
+## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
+## 02111-1307, USA.

-prev-version := $(shell echo $(VERSION)|tr a-z Xa-y)
-tag-package = $(shell echo "$(PACKAGE)" | tr a-z A-Z)
+# Do not save the original name or timestamp in the .tar.gz file.
+GZIP_ENV = '--no-name --best'
+
+# Automake 1.4 does not define AMTAR.
+AMTAR ?= $(TAR)
+
+CVS = cvs
+
+prev_version_file ?= .prev-version
+
+THIS_VERSION_REGEXP = $(subst .,\.,$(VERSION))
+PREV_VERSION := $(shell cat $(prev_version_file))
+PREV_VERSION_REGEXP := $(shell echo $(PREV_VERSION)|sed 's/\./\\./g')
+
+tag-package = $(shell echo "$(PACKAGE)" | tr '[:lower:]' '[:upper:]')
 tag-this-version = $(subst .,_,$(VERSION))
-tag-prev-version = $(subst .,_,$(prev-version))
+tag-prev-version = $(subst .,_,$(PREV_VERSION))
 this-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-this-version)
 prev-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-prev-version)
+my_distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
+
+# Old releases are stored here.
+# Used for diffs and xdeltas.
+release_archive_dir ?= ../release
+
+
+
+## --------------- ##
+## Sanity checks.  ##
+## --------------- ##
+
+# Checks that don't require cvs.
+# Run `changelog-check' last, as previous test may reveal problems requiring
+# new ChangeLog entries.
+local-check: po-check copyright-check writable-files \
+	m4-check author_mark_check \
+	changelog-check
+
+changelog-check:
+	if head ChangeLog | grep 'Version $(VERSION)' >/dev/null; then \
+	  :; \
+	else \
+	  echo "$(VERSION) not in ChangeLog" 1>&2; \
+	  exit 1; \
+	fi
+
+m4-check:
+	@grep 'AC_DEFUN([^[]' m4/*.m4 \
+	  && { echo 'Makefile.maint: quote the first arg to AC_DEFUN' 1>&2; \
+	       exit 1; } || :

 # Verify that all source files using _() are listed in po/POTFILES.in.
 po-check:
-	grep -E -v '^(#|$$)' po/POTFILES.in | sort > $@-1
-	grep -E -l '\b_\(' lib/*.c src/*.c | sort > $@-2
-	diff -u $@-1 $@-2
-	rm -f $@-1 $@-2
+	if test -f po/POTFILES.in; then \
+	  grep -E -v '^(#|$$)' po/POTFILES.in | sort > $@-1; \
+	  grep -E -l '\b_\(' lib/*.[ch] src/*.[ch] | sort > $@-2; \
+	  diff -u $@-1 $@-2 || exit 1; \
+	  rm -f $@-1 $@-2; \
+	fi
+
+# In a definition of #define AUTHORS "... and ..." where the RHS contains
+# the English word `and', the string must be marked with `N_ (...)' so that
+# gettext recognizes it as a string requiring translation.
+author_mark_check:
+	@grep '^# *define AUTHORS "[^"]* and ' src/*.c |grep -v ' N_ (' && \
+	  { echo 'Makefile.maint: enclose the above strings in N_ (...)' 1>&2; \
+	    exit 1; } || :
+
+# Check that `make alpha' will not fail at the end of the process.
+writable-files:
+	if test -d $(release_archive_dir); then :; else			\
+	  mkdir $(release_archive_dir);					\
+	fi
+	for file in $(distdir).tar.gz $(xd-delta)			\
+	            $(release_archive_dir)/$(distdir).tar.gz		\
+	            $(release_archive_dir)/$(xd-delta); do		\
+	  test -e $$file || continue;					\
+	  test -w $$file						\
+	    || { echo ERROR: $$file is not writable; fail=1; };		\
+	done;								\
+	test "$$fail" && exit 1 || :
+
+v_etc_file = lib/version-etc.c
+# Make sure that the copyright date in $(v_etc_file) is up to date.
+copyright-check:
+	@if test -f $(v_etc_file); then \
+	  grep '"Copyright (C) $(shell date +%Y) Free' $(v_etc_file) \
+	    >/dev/null \
+	  || { echo 'out of date copyright in $(v_etc_file); update it' 1>&2; \
+	       exit 1; }; \
+	fi
+
+
+# Sanity checks with the CVS repository.
+cvs-tag-check:
+	echo $(this-cvs-tag); \
+	if $(CVS) -n log -h README | grep -e $(this-cvs-tag): >/dev/null; then \
+	  echo "$(this-cvs-tag) as already been used; not tagging" 1>&2; \
+	  exit 1; \
+	else :; fi
+
+cvs-diff-check:
+	if $(CVS) diff >cvs-diffs; then			  	\
+	  rm cvs-diffs;					  	\
+	else						  	\
+	  echo "Some files are locally modified:" 1>&2;  	\
+	  cat cvs-diffs;					\
+	  exit 1;						\
+	fi
+
+cvs-check: cvs-diff-check cvs-tag-check
+
+maintainer-distcheck: changelog-check
+	$(MAKE) distcheck
+	$(MAKE) my-distcheck
+

 # Tag before making distribution.  Also, don't make a distribution if
 # checks fail.  Also, make sure the NEWS file is up-to-date.
 # FIXME: use dist-hook/my-dist like distcheck-hook/my-distcheck.
-cvs-dist: maintainer-check
-	echo $(this-cvs-tag); \
-	if cvs -n log -h README| grep -e $(this-cvs-tag): > /dev/null; then \
-	  echo "VERSION not new; not tagging" 1>&2; \
-	  exit 1; \
-	fi; \
-	cvs update po; \
-	cvs tag -c $(this-cvs-tag)
+cvs-dist: local-check cvs-check maintainer-distcheck
+	$(CVS) update po
+	$(CVS) tag -c $(this-cvs-tag)
 	$(MAKE) dist

+# Use this to make sure we don't run these programs when building
+# from a virgin tgz file, below.
+null_AM_MAKEFLAGS = \
+  ACLOCAL=false \
+  AUTOCONF=false \
+  AUTOMAKE=false \
+  AUTOHEADER=false \
+  MAKEINFO=false
+
+# Detect format-string/arg-list mismatches that would normally be obscured
+# by the use of _().  The --disable-nls effectively defines away that macro,
+# and building with CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' causes any format warning to be
+# treated as a failure.
 t=./=test
-my-distcheck:
+my-distcheck: local-check
 	-rm -rf $(t)
 	mkdir $(t)
-	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(AMTAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
-# Removing $(DEPDIR) like this is a gross kludge to work around a bug
-# in automake.  Remove that line once it's fixed.
+	GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) $(AMTAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
 	cd $(t)/$(distdir) \
 	  && ./configure --disable-nls \
 	  && $(MAKE) CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' \
+	      AM_MAKEFLAGS='$(null_AM_MAKEFLAGS)' \
 	  && $(MAKE) dvi \
 	  && $(MAKE) check \
-	  && rm -rf $(DEPDIR) \
 	  && $(MAKE) distclean
 	cd $(t) && mv $(distdir) $(distdir).old \
 	  && $(AMTAR) -zxf ../$(distdir).tar.gz
@@ -60,28 +177,21 @@ my-distcheck:
 	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
 	echo "========================"

-THIS_VERSION_REGEXP = $(subst .,\.,$(VERSION))
-# FIXME: this works only for Gnits-style test releases.
-PREV_VERSION := $(shell echo $(VERSION)|tr a-z Xa-y)
-PREV_VERSION_REGEXP := $(shell echo $(PREV_VERSION)|sed 's/\./\\./g')
-v = Version
+# This must be the same name on both hosts.
+# Make it a symlink that points to the right place.
+real_dir = fetish-ftp

-a_host=alpha.gnu.org
-b_host=tug.org
-c_host=ftp.enst.fr
+url_dir_list = $(foreach x,$(hosts),ftp://$($(x)_host)/$($(x)_url_dir))

-a_url_dir=gnu/fetish
-b_url_dir=gnu/fetish
-c_url_dir=pub/gnu/gnits/fetish
-
-a_real_dir=/fs/share/ftp/gnu/fetish
-b_real_dir=/home/ftp/pub/gnu/fetish
-c_real_dir=/pub/gnu/gnits/fetish
-
-url_dir_list = $(foreach x,a b c,ftp://$($(x)_host)/$($(x)_url_dir))
-real_dir_list = $(foreach x,a b c,ftp://$($(x)_host)$($(x)_real_dir))
-
-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+tgz-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+tgz-sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+bz2-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/  -//')
+bz2-sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/  -//')
+xdelta-md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(xd-delta)|sed 's/  -//')
+xdelta-sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(xd-delta)|sed 's/  -//')
+tgz-size = $(shell du --human $(my_distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/\([Mk]\).*/ \1B/')
+bz2-size = $(shell du --human $(my_distdir).tar.bz2|sed 's/\([Mk]\).*/ \1B/')
+xd-size = $(shell du --human $(xd-delta)|sed 's/\([Mk]\).*/ \1B/')

 rel-check:
 	tarz=/tmp/rel-check-tarz-$$$$; \
@@ -92,40 +202,115 @@ rel-check:
 	echo "$(md5)  -" > $$md5_tmp; \
 	md5sum -c $$md5_tmp < $$tarz

-announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(distdir).tar.gz
+prev-tgz = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION).tar.gz
+xd-delta = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION)-$(VERSION).xdelta
+
+GZIP = gzip
+BZIP2 = bzip2
+$(my_distdir).tar.bz2: $(my_distdir).tar.gz
+	$(GZIP) -dc $< > $(my_distdir).tar
+	rm -f $@
+	$(BZIP2) -9 $(my_distdir).tar
+
+rel-files = $(xd-delta) $(distdir).tar.bz2 $(distdir).tar.gz
+announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(rel-files)
 	@( \
-	  echo Subject: $(distdir) released; \
+	  echo Subject: $(my_distdir) released; \
 	  echo; \
 	  echo FIXME: put comments here; \
 	  echo; \
 	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
-	    echo "  $$url/$(distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(my_distdir).tar.gz   ($(tgz-size))"; \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(my_distdir).tar.bz2  ($(bz2-size))"; \
 	  done; \
 	  echo; \
-	  echo "$(md5)  $(distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  echo And here are xdelta-style diffs; \
+	  echo; \
+	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(xd-delta)   ($(xd-size))"; \
+	  done; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo "Here are the MD5 and SHA1 signatures:"; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo "$(tgz-md5)  $(my_distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  echo "$(bz2-md5)  $(my_distdir).tar.bz2"; \
+	  echo "$(xdelta-md5)  $(xd-delta)"; \
+	  echo "$(tgz-sha1)  $(my_distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  echo "$(bz2-sha1)  $(my_distdir).tar.bz2"; \
+	  echo "$(xdelta-sha1)  $(xd-delta)"; \
 	  echo; \
 	  echo NEWS:; \
-	  sed -n "/$(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)/,/$(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)/p" NEWS \
+	  sed -n "/$(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)[]:]/,/$(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)[]:]/p" NEWS \
 	    | grep -v '^\['; \
 	  echo; \
 	  echo ChangeLog entries:; \
-	  find . -name ChangeLog \
-	    | xargs cvs diff -up -r$(prev-cvs-tag) -rHEAD \
+	  find . -name ChangeLog -maxdepth 2 \
+	    | xargs $(CVS) diff -up -r$(prev-cvs-tag) -rHEAD \
 	    | sed -n 's/^+//p' \
-	    | perl -ne 'm!^\+\+ (\./)?! or print,next;'	\
+	    | perl -ne 'm!^\+\+ (\./)?! or print,next;' \
 	      -e 'print "\n"."*"x70 ."\n"; s///; print; print "*"x70 ."\n"'; \
 	)

-alpha:
-	$(MAKE) po-check
-	$(MAKE) cvs-dist
-	$(MAKE) -s announcement > /tmp/announce-$(distdir)
-	ln $(distdir).tar.gz ../release
-	chmod a-w $(distdir).tar.gz
-	@echo =====================================
-	@for url in $(real_dir_list); do \
-	  echo "ncftp -u $$url/"; \
+WGET = wget
+ftp-gnu = ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu
+
+# Use mv, if you don't have/want move-if-change.
+move_if_change ?= move-if-change
+
+# The following pseudo table associates a local directory and a URL
+# with each of the files that belongs to some other package and is
+# regularly updated from the specified URL.
+wget_files ?= $(srcdir)/config.guess $(srcdir)/config.sub \
+              $(srcdir)/src/ansi2knr.c \
+	      $(srcdir)/doc/texinfo.tex
+get-targets = $(patsubst %, get-%, $(wget_files))
+
+config.guess-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/config/
+config.sub-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/config/
+
+ansi2knr.c-url_prefix = ftp://ftp.cs.wisc.edu/ghost/
+
+texinfo.tex-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/texinfo/
+
+standards.texi-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/GNUinfo/
+make-stds.texi-url_prefix = $(ftp-gnu)/GNUinfo/
+
+target = $(patsubst get-%, %, $@)
+url = $($(notdir $(target))-url_prefix)$(notdir $(target))
+
+.PHONY: $(get-targets)
+$(get-targets):
+	$(WGET) $(url) -O $(target).t \
+	  && $(move_if_change) $(target).t $(target)
+
+automake_repo=:pserver:anoncvs@anoncvs.cygnus.com:/cvs/automake
+.PHONY: wget-update
+wget-update: $(get-targets)
+	for f in depcomp missing mkinstalldirs; do                      \
+	  test -f $$f || continue;					\
+	  echo checking out $$f...;                                     \
+	  $(CVS) -d $(automake_repo) co -p automake/lib/$$f > $$f.t     \
+	    && $(move_if_change) $$f.t $$f;                             \
 	done
-	@echo '#   put $(distdir).tar.gz'
-	@echo '# send the /tmp/announcement e-mail'
-	@echo =====================================
+
+define emit-upload-commands
+	echo =====================================
+	echo =====================================
+	echo upload $(PACKAGE) $(PREV_VERSION) $(VERSION)
+	echo '# send the /tmp/announcement e-mail'
+	echo =====================================
+	echo =====================================
+endef
+
+$(xd-delta): $(release_archive_dir)/$(prev-tgz) $(distdir).tar.gz
+	xdelta delta -9 $^ $@ || :
+
+alpha: local-check
+	$(MAKE) cvs-dist
+	$(MAKE) $(xd-delta)
+	$(MAKE) -s announcement > /tmp/announce-$(my_distdir)
+	ln $(rel-files) $(release_archive_dir)
+	chmod a-w $(rel-files)
+	echo $(VERSION) > $(prev_version_file)
+	$(CVS) ci -m. $(prev_version_file)
+	@$(emit-upload-commands)
--- a/436
+++ b/436
@@ -1,102 +1,336 @@
-This is just a start at listing e-mail addresses of contributors.
-The rest of the addresses are still in the ChangeLog.
+These people have contributed to the GNU fileutils, textutils,
+and/or sh-utils packages.  Some have reported problems, others have
+contributed improvements to the documentation, actual code, and even
+complete programs.  Those contributions are described in the ChangeLog
+files.  If your name has been left out, if you'd rather not be listed,
+or if you'd prefer a different address be used, please let me know.
+Some old names and addresses are still in the ChangeLog.

-Achim Blumensath: blume@corona.oche.de
-aldomel: aldomel@ix.netcom.com
-Alen Muzinic: zveki@fly.cc.fer.hr
-Akim Demaille: demaille@inf.enst.fr
-Alain Magloire: alain@qnx.com
-Alexey Solovyov: alekso@math.uu.se
-Andreas Jaeger: jaeger@gnu.org
-Andreas Schwab: schwab@suse.de
-Andres Soolo: andres@soolo.matti.ee
-Andrew Dalke: dalke@bioreason.com
-Andrew Tridgell: tridge@samba.org
-Andries Brouwer: Andries.Brouwer@cwi.nl
-Arne Henrik Juul: arnej@imf.unit.no
-Bauke Jan Douma: bjdouma@xs4all.nl
-Bengt Martensson: bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de
-Bernd Leibing: bernd.leibing@rz.uni-ulm.de
-Bjorn Helgaas: helgaas@rsn.hp.com
-Bob McCracken: kerouac@ravenet.com
-Bob Proulx: rwp@fc.hp.com
-Brendan O'Dea: bod@compusol.com.au
-Charles Karney: karney@pppl.gov
-Chip Salzenberg: chip@valinux.com
-Chris Yeo: cyeo@biking.org
-Christian von Roques: roques@pond.sub.org
-Colin Plumb: colin@nyx.net
-David Godfrey: dave@delta.demon.co.uk
-Dirk Lattermann: dlatt@t-online.de
-Don Parsons: dparsons@synapse.kent.edu
-Eirik Fuller: eirik@netcom.com
-Eli Zaretskii: eliz@is.elta.co.il
-Emile LeBlanc: leblanc@math.toronto.edu
-François Pinard: pinard@iro.umontreal.ca
-Galen Hazelwood: galenh@micron.net
-Germano Leichsenring: germano@jedi.cs.kobe-u.ac.jp
-Göran Uddeborg: goeran@uddeborg.pp.se
-Greg McGary: gkm@eng.ascend.com
-Gabor Z. Papp: gzp@gzp.org.hu
-Holger Berger: hberger@ess.nec.de
-Hugh Daniel: hugh@xanadu.com
-James: james@albion.glarp.com
-James Antill: jmanti%essex.ac.uk@seralph21.essex.ac.uk
-James Sneeringer: jvs@ocslink.com
-James Tanis: jtt@soscorp.com
-Jamie Lokier: jamie@imbolc.ucc.ie
-Janos Farkas: chexum@shadow.banki.hu
-Jesse Thilo: jgt2@eecs.lehigh.edu
-Joakim Rosqvist: dvljrt@cs.umu.se
-Johan Danielsson: joda@pdc.kth.se
-John Bley: jbb6@acpub.duke.edu
-John Gatewood Ham: zappaman@alphabox.compsci.buu.ac.th
-John Gotts: jgotts@umich.edu
-Jürgen Fluk: louis@dachau.marco.de
-jvogel: jvogel@linkny.com
-Karl Heuer: kwzh@gnu.org
-Kjetil Torgrim Homme: kjetilho@ifi.uio.no
-Larry McVoy: lm@sgi.com
-Lars Hecking: lhecking@nmrc.ucc.ie
-Lorne Baker: lbaker@nitro.avint.net
-Marcus Daniels: marcus@sysc.pdx.edu
-Mark A. Thomas: thommark@access.digex.net
-Mark Harris: mark@monitor.designacc.com
-Mark Kettenis: kettenis@phys.uva.nl
-Martin Mitchell: martin@debian.org
-Marty Leisner: leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com
-Masami Takikawa: takikawm@CS.ORST.EDU
-Matthew S. Levine: mslevine@theory.lcs.mit.edu
-Matthew Swift: swift@alum.mit.edu
-Matthias Urlichs: smurf@noris.de
-Michiel Bacchiani: bacchian@raven.bu.edu
-Michael ???:michael@roka.net
-Michael Veksler: mveksler@techunix.technion.ac.il
-Michael Stone: mstone@debian.org
-Miles Bader: miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu
-Noel Cragg: noel@red-bean.com
-Olav Morkrid: olav@funcom.com
-Per Kristian Hove: perhov@math.ntnu.no
-Peter Eriksson: peter@ifm.liu.se
-Peter Moulder: reiter@netspace.net.au
-Peter Samuelson: psamuels@sampo.creighton.edu
-Paul Eggert: eggert@twinsun.com
-Philippe De Muyter: phdm@macqel.be
-Rainer Orth: ro@TechFak.Uni-Bielefeld.DE
-Richard Braakman: dark@xs4all.nl
-Ross Ridge: rridge@calum.csclub.uwaterloo.ca
-Sami Farin: sfarin@ratol.fi
-Santiago Vila Doncel: sanvila@unex.es
-Scott Lurndal: slurn@griffin.engr.sgi.com
-Stuart Kemp: skemp@peter.bmc.com
-Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG: thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
-Ton Hospel: thospel@mail.dma.be
-Torbjorn Lindgren: tl@funcom.no
-Torsten Landschoff: torsten@pclab.ifg.uni-kiel.de
-Tony Leneis: tony@plaza.ds.adp.com
-Ulrich Drepper: drepper@cygnus.com
-Vin Shelton: acs@alumni.princeton.edu
-Volker Borchert: bt@teknon.de
-Wayne Stewart: wstewa@atl.com
-Wichert Akkerman: wichert@cistron.nl
-William Bader: william@nscs.fast.net
+Achim Blumensath                    blume@corona.oche.de
+Adam Klein                          aklein@debian.org
+Akim Demaille                       demaille@inf.enst.fr
+Alain Magloire                      alain@qnx.com
+Alan Iwi                            iwi@atm.ox.ac.uk
+Albert Hopkins                      ahopkins@dynacare.com
+Alberto Accomazzi                   alberto@cfa0.harvard.edu
+aldomel                             aldomel@ix.netcom.com
+Alen Muzinic                        zveki@fly.cc.fer.hr
+Alexandre Duret-Lutz                duret_g@epita.fr
+Alexey Solovyov                     alekso@math.uu.se
+Andre Novaes Cunha                  Andre.Cunha@br.global-one.net
+Andreas Gruenbacher                 ag@bestbits.at
+Andreas Jaeger                      jaeger@gnu.org
+Andreas Luik                        luik@isa.de
+Andreas Schwab                      schwab@suse.de
+Andreas Stolcke                     stolcke@ICSI.Berkeley.EDU
+Andres Soolo                        andres@soolo.matti.ee
+Andrew Burgess                      aab@cichlid.com
+Andrew Dalke                        dalke@bioreason.com
+Andrew Pham                         andpha@us.ibm.com
+Andrew Tridgell                     tridge@samba.org
+Andries Brouwer                     Andries.Brouwer@cwi.nl
+Andy Longton                        alongton@metamark.com
+Antonio Rendas                      ajrendas@yahoo.com
+Ariel Faigon                        ariel@cthulhu.engr.sgi.com
+Arne H. Juul                        arnej@solan.unit.no
+Arne Henrik Juul                    arnej@imf.unit.no
+Arthur Pool                         pool@commerce.uq.edu.au
+Austin Donnelly                     Austin.Donnelly@cl.cam.ac.uk
+Axel Kittenberger                   Anshil@gmx.net
+Bauke Jan Douma                     bjdouma@xs4all.nl
+Bengt Martensson                    bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de
+Bernd Leibing                       bernd.leibing@rz.uni-ulm.de
+Bernhard Baehr                      bernhard.baehr@gmx.de
+Bernhard Rosenkraenzer              bero@redhat.de
+Bill Peters                         peters@gaffel.as.arizona.edu
+Bjorn Helgaas                       helgaas@rsn.hp.com
+Bob McCracken                       kerouac@ravenet.com
+Bob Proulx                          rwp@fc.hp.com
+Branden Robinson                    branden@necrotic.deadbeast.net
+Brendan O'Dea                       bod@compusol.com.au
+Brian Kimball                       bfk@footbag.org
+Brian Youmans                       3diff@gnu.org
+Bruno Haible                        haible@clisp.cons.org
+Carl Johnson                        carlj@cjlinux.home.org
+Carl Lowenstein                     cdl@mpl.UCSD.EDU
+Carlos Canau                        Carlos.Canau@relay.puug.pt
+Charles Karney                      karney@pppl.gov
+Charles Randall                     crandall@matchlogic.com
+Chip Salzenberg                     chip@valinux.com
+Chris Faylor                        cgf@cygnus.com
+Chris Sylvain                       csylvain@umm.edu
+Chris Yeo                           cyeo@biking.org
+Christi Alice Scarborough           christi@chiark.greenend.org.uk
+Christian Krackowizer               ckrackowiz@std.schuler-ag.com
+Christian Rose                      menthos@menthos.com
+Christian von Roques                roques@pond.sub.org
+Chuck Hedrick                       hedrick@klinzhai.rutgers.edu
+Clark Morgan                        cmorgan@aracnet.com
+Colin Plumb                         colin@nyx.net
+Colin Watson                        cjw44@riva.ucam.org
+Collin Rogowski                     collin@rogowski.de
+Dale Scheetz                        dwarf@polaris.net
+Dan Hagerty                         hag@gnu.ai.it.edu
+Dan Pascu                           dan@services.iiruc.ro
+Daniel Bergstrom                    noa@melody.se
+Darren Salt                         ds@youmustbejoking.demon.co.uk
+David Dyck                          dcd@tc.fluke.COM
+David Godfrey                       dave@delta.demon.co.uk
+David Luyer                         david_luyer@pacific.net.au
+Dennis Henriksen                    opus@flamingo.osrl.dk
+Derek Clegg                         dclegg@next.com
+Dick Streefland                     dick_streefland@tasking.com
+Dirk Lattermann                     dlatt@t-online.de
+Dirk-Jan Faber                      djfaber@snow.nl
+Dan Jacobson                        http://www.geocities.com/jidani
+Don Parsons                         dparsons@synapse.kent.edu
+Donni Erpel                         donald@appc11.gsi.de
+Doug McLaren                        dougmc@comco.com
+Dragos Harabor                      dharabor@us.oracle.com
+Ed Avis                             epa98@doc.ic.ac.uk
+Edzer Pebesma                       Edzer.Pebesma@rivm.nl
+Eirik Fuller                        eirik@hackrat.com
+Eivind                              eivindt@multinet.no
+Eli Zaretskii                       eliz@is.elta.co.il
+Emile LeBlanc                       leblanc@math.toronto.edu
+Eric Backus                         ericb@lsid.hp.com
+Eric G. Miller                      egm2@jps.net
+Eric Pemente                        pemente@northpark.edu
+Eric S. Raymond                     esr@snark.thyrsus.com
+Erik Bennett                        bennett@cvo.oneworld.com
+Erik Corry                          erik@kroete2.freinet.de
+Felix Lee                           flee@teleport.com
+Fletcher Mattox                     fletcher@cs.utexas.edu
+Florin Iucha                        fiucha@hsys.mic.ro
+Frank Adler                         fadler@allesklar.de
+Frank T Lofaro                      ftlofaro@snooks.Egr.UNLV.EDU
+François Pinard                     pinard@iro.umontreal.ca
+Fred Fish                           fnf@ninemoons.com
+Frederik Eaton                      frederik@caltech.edu
+Frédéric L. W. Meunier              0@pervalidus.net
+Gabor Z. Papp                       gzp@gzp.org.hu
+Galen Hazelwood                     galenh@micron.net
+Gary Anderson                       ganderson@clark.net
+Gaël Quéri                          gqueri@mail.dotcom.fr
+Geoff Kuenning                      geoff@cs.hmc.edu
+Geoff Odhner                        geoff@franklin.com
+Geoff Whale                         geoffw@cse.unsw.EDU.AU
+Gerhard Poul                        gpoul@gnu.org
+Germano Leichsenring                germano@jedi.cs.kobe-u.ac.jp
+GOTO Masanori                       gotom@debian.or.jp
+Greg Louis                          glouis@dynamicro.on.ca
+Greg McGary                         gkm@gnu.org
+Greg Troxel                         gdt@bbn.com
+Greg Wooledge                       gawooledge@sherwin.com
+Gregory Leblanc                     gleblanc@cu-portland.edu
+Göran Uddeborg                      goeran@uddeborg.pp.se
+H. J. Lu                            hjl@valinux.com
+Hans Verkuil                        hans@wyst.hobby.nl
+Harry Liu                           rliu@lek.ugcs.caltech.edu
+Herbert Xu                          herbert@gondor.apana.org.au
+Holger Berger                       hberger@ess.nec.de
+Hon-Yin Kok                         hkok@yoda.unl.edu
+Hugh Daniel                         hugh@xanadu.com
+Ian Bruce                           ian.bruce@myrealbox.com
+Ian Jackson                         ijackson@chiark.greenend.org.uk
+Ian Lance Taylor                    ian@cygnus.com
+Ian Turner                          vectro@pipeline.com
+James                               james@albion.glarp.com
+James Antill                        jmanti%essex.ac.uk@seralph21.essex.ac.uk
+James Sneeringer                    jvs@ocslink.com
+James Tanis                         jtt@soscorp.com
+James Youngman                      james+usenet@free-lunch.demon.co.uk
+Jamie Lokier                        jamie@imbolc.ucc.ie
+Jan Fedak                           J.Fedak@sh.cvut.cz
+Jan Nieuwenhuizen                   janneke@gnu.org
+Janos Farkas                        chexum@shadow.banki.hu
+Jarkko Hietaniemi                   jhi@epsilon.hut.fi
+Jeff Moore                          jbm@mordor.com
+Jeff Sheinberg                      jeffsh@erols.com
+Jens Schmidt                        jms@jsds.hamburg.com
+Jerome Abela                        abela@hsc.fr
+Jesse Thilo                         jgt2@eecs.lehigh.edu
+Jie Xu                              xuj@iag.net
+Jim Blandy                          jimb@cyclic.com
+Jim Dennis                          jimd@starshine.org
+Joakim Rosqvist                     dvljrt@cs.umu.se
+Jochen Hein                         jochen@jochen.org
+Joe Orton                           joe@orton.demon.co.uk
+Johan Danielsson                    joda@pdc.kth.se
+John Bley                           jbb6@acpub.duke.edu
+John David Anglin                   dave.anglin@nrc.ca
+John Gatewood Ham                   zappaman@alphabox.compsci.buu.ac.th
+John Gotts                          jgotts@umich.edu
+John Kendall                        kendall@capps.com
+John Kodis                          kodis@acm.org
+John Murphy                         jam@philabs.research.philips.com
+John Roll                           john@panic.harvard.edu
+John Salmon                         johns@mullet.anu.edu.au
+John Summerfield                    summer@OS2.ami.com.au
+Joost van Baal                      joostvb@xs4all.nl
+Jorge Stolfi                        stolfi@ic.unicamp.br
+Joseph S. Myers                     jsm28@cam.ac.uk
+Juan F. Codagnone                   juam@arnet.com.ar
+Jungshik Shin                       jshin@pantheon.yale.edu
+Jürgen Fluk                         louis@dachau.marco.de
+jvogel                              jvogel@linkny.com
+Kai-Uwe Rommel                      rommel@informatik.tu-muenchen.de
+Kai Henningsen                      kai@debian.org
+Kalle Olavi Niemitalo               tosi@stekt.oulu.fi
+Kamal Paul Nigam                    Kamal_Paul_Nigam@gs35.sp.cs.cmu.edu
+Karl Eichwalder                     keichwa@gmx.net
+Karl Heuer                          kwzh@gnu.org
+Karl-Michael Schneider              schneide@phil.uni-passau.de
+Karsten Thygesen                    karthy@kom.auc.dk
+Kaveh R. Ghazi                      ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu
+Keith Owens                         kaos@audio.apana.org.au
+Keith Thompson                      kst@sdsc.edu
+Ken Pizzini                         kenp@halcyon.com
+Kjetil Torgrim Homme                kjetilho@ifi.uio.no
+Kristoffer Rose                     kris@diku.dk
+???                                 kytek@cybercomm.net
+Larry McVoy                         lm@sgi.com
+Lars Hecking                        lhecking@nmrc.ucc.ie
+Lehti Rami                          rammer@cs.tut.fi
+Leonard N. Zubkoff                  lnz@dandelion.com
+Lorne Baker                         lbaker@nitro.avint.net
+M. P. Suzuki                        mpsuzuki@hiroshima-u.ac.jp
+Maciej Kwapulinski                  pikpok@univ.gda.pl
+Manas Garg                          manas@cygsoft.com
+Manfred Hollstein                   manfred@s-direktnet.de
+Marc Boucher                        marc@mbsi.ca
+Marc Olzheim                        marcolz@stack.nl
+Marco Franzen                       Marco.Franzen@Thyron.com
+Marcus Daniels                      marcus@ee.pdx.edu
+Mark A. Thomas                      thommark@access.digex.net
+Mark D. Roth                        roth@uiuc.edu
+Mark Harris                         mark@monitor.designacc.com
+Mark Hewitt                         mhewitt@armature.com
+Mark Hounschell                     markh@compro.net
+Mark Kettenis                       kettenis@phys.uva.nl
+Mark Nudelman                       marknu@flash.net
+Mark W. Eichin                      eichin@cygnus.com
+Markus Demleitner                   msdemlei@auriga.ari.uni-heidelberg.de
+Martin                              martin@dresden.nacamar.de
+Martin Gallant                      martyg@goodbit.net
+Martin Hippe                        martin.hippe@schlund.de
+Martin Mitchell                     martin@debian.org
+Martin P.J. Zinser                  zinser@decus.de
+Marty Leisner                       leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com
+Masami Takikawa                     takikawm@CS.ORST.EDU
+Mate Wierdl                         mw@moni.msci.memphis.edu
+Matej Vela                          mvela@public.srce.hr
+Matt Perry                          matt@primefactor.com
+Matt Schalit                        mschalit@pacbell.net
+Matthew Braun                       matthew@ans.net
+Matthew Clarke                      Matthew_Clarke@mindlink.bc.ca
+Matthew S. Levine                   mslevine@theory.lcs.mit.edu
+Matthew Smith                       matts@bluesguitar.org
+Matthew Swift                       swift@alum.mit.edu
+Mattias Wadenstein                  maswan@acc.umu.se
+Matthias Urlichs                    smurf@noris.de
+Meelis Roos                         mroos@tartu.cyber.ee
+Michael ???                         michael@roka.net
+Michael Deutschmann                 michael@talamasca.ocis.net
+Michael Hasselberg                  mikelh@zonta.ping.de
+Michael Hohn                        hohn@math.utah.edu
+Michael J. Croghan                  mcroghan@usatoday.com
+Michael Steffens                    michael.steffens@s.netic.de
+Michael Stone                       mstone@debian.org
+Michael Stutz                       stutz@dsl.org
+Michael Veksler                     mveksler@techunix.technion.ac.il
+Michel Robitaille                   robitail@IRO.UMontreal.CA
+Michiel Bacchiani                   bacchian@raven.bu.edu
+Miles Bader                         miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+Minh Tran-Le                        tranle@intellicorp.com
+Morten Welinder                     terra@diku.dk
+Neal H Walfield                     neal@cs.uml.edu
+Nelson H. F. Beebe                  beebe@math.utah.edu
+Nick Lawes                          nlawes@silverplatter.com
+Niklas Edmundsson                   nikke@acc.umu.se
+Noah Friedman                       friedman@splode.com
+Noel Cragg                          noel@red-bean.com
+Olav Morkrid                        olav@funcom.com
+Ole Laursen                         olau@hardworking.dk
+Oskar Liljeblad                     osk@hem.passagen.se
+Ørn E. Hansen                       oehansen@daimi.aau.dk
+Paul Eggert                         eggert@twinsun.com
+Paul Nevai                          nevai@ops.mps.ohio-state.edu
+Paul Sauer                          paul@alexa.com
+Paul Slootman                       paul@debian.org
+Per Cederqvist                      ceder@lysator.liu.se
+Per Kristian Hove                   perhov@math.ntnu.no
+Peter Eriksson                      peter@ifm.liu.se
+Peter Moulder                       reiter@netspace.net.au
+Peter Samuelson                     psamuels@sampo.creighton.edu
+Peter Seebach                       seebs@taniemarie.solon.com
+Petter Reinholdtsen                 pere@hungry.com
+Phelippe Neveu                      pneveu@pcigeomatics.com
+Phil Richards                       phil.richards@vf.vodafone.co.uk
+Philippe De Muyter                  phdm@macqel.be
+Philippe Schnoebelen                Philippe.Schnoebelen@imag.fr
+Piergiorgio Sartor                  sartor@sony.de
+Piotr Kwapulinski                   kwap@univ.gda.pl
+Prashant TR                         tr@eth.net
+Rainer Orth                         ro@TechFak.Uni-Bielefeld.DE
+Ralf W. Stephan                     stephan@tmt.de
+Ralph Loader                        loader@maths.ox.ac.uk
+Raul Miller                         moth@magenta.com
+Richard Braakman                    dark@xs4all.nl
+Richard Dawe                        richdawe@bigfoot.com
+Richard J. Rauenzahn                rrauenza@hairball.cup.hp.com
+Richard Sharman                     rsharman@magmacom.com
+Rick Sladkey                        jrs@world.std.com
+Rik Faith                           faith@cs.unc.edu
+Risto Kankkunen                     kankkune@lingsoft.fi
+Robert H. de Vries                  robert@and.nl
+Rogier Wolff                        R.E.Wolff@BitWizard.nl
+Roland Huebner                      ro-huebner@gmx.de
+Ronald F. Guilmette                 rfg@netcom.com
+Ross Alexander                      r.alexander@auckland.ac.nz
+Ross Paterson                       rap@doc.ic.ac.uk
+Ross Ridge                          rridge@calum.csclub.uwaterloo.ca
+Sami Farin                          sfarin@ratol.fi
+Samuli Karkkainen                   Samuli.Karkkainen@hut.fi
+Sander van Malssen                  svm@kozmix.ow.nl
+Santiago Vila Doncel                sanvila@unex.es
+Savochkin Andrey Vladimirovich      saw@msu.ru
+Scott Lurndal                       slurn@griffin.engr.sgi.com
+Soeren Sonnenburg                   sonnenburg@informatik.hu-berlin.de
+Stéphane Chazelas                   Stephane_CHAZELAS@yahoo.fr
+Stephen Eglen                       eglen@pcg.wustl.edu
+Stephen Gildea                      gildea@stop.mail-abuse.org
+Stephen Smoogen                     ??????????
+Steve McConnel                      steve@acadcomp.sil.org
+Stuart Kemp                         skemp@peter.bmc.com
+Tadayoshi Funaba                    tadf@kt.rim.or.jp
+Theodore Ts'o                       tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu
+Thomas Bushnell                     thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+Thomas Quinot                       thomas@Cuivre.FR.EU.ORG
+Tim Smithers                        mouse@dmouse.com.au
+Tim Waugh                           twaugh@redhat
+Todd A. Jacobs                      tjacobs@codegnome.org
+Tom Quinn                           trq@dionysos.thphys.ox.ac.uk
+Ton Hospel                          thospel@mail.dma.be
+Tony Leneis                         tony@plaza.ds.adp.com
+Tony Robinson                       ajr@eng.cam.ac.uk
+Torbjorn Granlund                   tege@nada.kth.se
+Torbjorn Lindgren                   tl@funcom.no
+Torsten Landschoff                  torsten@pclab.ifg.uni-kiel.de
+Ulrich Drepper                      drepper@gnu.org
+Urs Thuermann                       urs@isnogud.escape.de
+Uwe H. Steinfeld                    usteinfeld@gmx.net
+Vesselin Atanasov                   vesselin@bgnet.bg
+Vin Shelton                         acs@alumni.princeton.edu
+Volker Borchert                     bt@teknon.de
+Wayne Stewart                       wstewa@atl.com
+Wenjun Zheng                        zwj@yahoo.com
+Werner Almesberger                  Werner.Almesberger@epfl.ch
+Wichert Akkerman                    wichert@cistron.nl
+Will Edgington                      wedgingt@acm.org
+William Bader                       william@nscs.fast.net
+William Dowling                     will@franklin.com
+William Lewis                       wiml@omnigroup.com
+Wolfram Kleff                       kleff@cs.uni-bonn.de
+Won-kyu Park                        wkpark@chem.skku.ac.kr
+Zvi Har'El                          rl@math.technion.ac.il
--- a/doc/.cvsignore
+++ b/doc/.cvsignore
@@ -1,19 +1,19 @@
 Makefile
-fileutils.aux
-fileutils.cm
-fileutils.cp
-fileutils.cps
-fileutils.dvi
-fileutils.fl
-fileutils.fn
-fileutils.info
-fileutils.info*
-fileutils.ky
-fileutils.log
-fileutils.op
-fileutils.pg
-fileutils.toc
-fileutils.tp
-fileutils.vr
+coreutils.aux
+coreutils.cm
+coreutils.cp
+coreutils.cps
+coreutils.dvi
+coreutils.fl
+coreutils.fn
+coreutils.info
+coreutils.info*
+coreutils.ky
+coreutils.log
+coreutils.op
+coreutils.pg
+coreutils.toc
+coreutils.tp
+coreutils.vr
 stamp-vti
 version.texi
--- a/doc/ChangeLog
+++ b/doc/ChangeLog
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+2001-11-10  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (Date directives): Document %u.
+
+2001-11-07  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (paste invocation): Give examples.
+	Thanks to Dan Jacobson for suggesting the examples.
+
+2001-11-05  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (sort invocation): Recommend setting LC_ALL=C,
+	not LC_COLLATE=C.  Explain how the latter can cause problems.
+	Based on a message from Paul Eggert.
+	(ls invocation): Recommend setting LC_ALL=C, not LC_COLLATE=C.
+
+2001-10-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (cp invocation): Describe --reply=...
+
+2001-10-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (cp invocation): `cp --no-dereference' is
+	no longer equivalent to `cp -d'.
+	`cp -d' is equivalent to `--no-dereference --preserve=links'.
+	cp's -P option means --no-dereference, not --parents.
+	Describe new optional argument to --preserve.
+	Describe new option: --no-preserve=ATTRIBUTE_LIST.
+
+2001-09-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (check-texinfo): Redirect stderr of `grep -w' to
+	/dev/null, so people with old versions of grep don't see the failure.
+
+2001-09-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (mv invocation): Describe new option:
+	--reply={yes,no,query}.  Fix a few typos.
+
+2001-09-15  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (uniq invocation): The input need not
+	be sorted.  Try to clarify -d versus -D versus -u.
+
+2001-09-12  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (tail invocation): Document new option: -F.
+	From Herbert Xu.
+
+2001-09-04  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (join invocation): Describe the GNU
+	extension to join, which does not require sorted input when
+	the input contains no unpairable lines.
+
+2001-09-03  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* coreutils.texi:
+	New 'uname' options -i or --hardware-platform,
+	and -o or --operating-system.
+	'uname -a' now outputs -i and -o information at the end.
+	New uname option --kernel-version is an alias for -v.
+	Uname option --release has been renamed to --kernel-release,
+	and --sysname has been renamed to --kernel-name;
+	the old options will work for a while, but are no longer documented.
+
+2001-08-24  Herbert Xu  <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (cut invocation): Document how cut treats lines
+	with no separators.
+
+2001-06-19  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* coreutils.texi: expr now uses LC_COLLATE for string comparison,
+	as per POSIX.
+
+2001-08-25  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* coreutils.texi: Use @option, rather than @samp everywhere.
+
+2001-06-21  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* coreutils.texi: 'expr' now requires '+' rather than 'quote'
+	to quote tokens.
+
+2001-07-14  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* coreutils.texi (cp invocation): Reflect 2001-07-08 change to
+	cp (via copy.c).
+
+2001-06-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (info_TEXINFOS): Reflect renaming: s/omni-/core/.
+	* coreutils.texi: Likewise.
+
+	* coreutils.texi: New, renamed from omni-utils.texi.
+	* omni-utils.texi: Removed, renamed to coreutils.texi.
+
+	* omni-utils.texi (ls invocation): Mention the effect of locale.
+	Reported by Keith Thompson.
+
+2001-05-24  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* texinfo.tex: Update from master source.
+
+	* omni-utils.texi (ls invocation): Document more clearly what ls
+	does when given no arguments.
+
+2001-05-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* textutils.texi: Remove file.
+
+	* Makefile.am ($(DVIS), $(INFO_DEPS)): Depend on $(EXTRA_DIST).
+	(DISABLED_constants.texi): New rule -- disabled for now.
+
+	This directory is now shared by fileutils, textutils, and sh-utils.
--- a/doc/Makefile.am
+++ b/doc/Makefile.am
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in -*-Makefile-*-
-info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
+info_TEXINFOS = coreutils.texi

-EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi
+EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi constants.texi doclicense.texi

 # The following is necessary if the package name is 8 characters or longer.
 # If the info documentation would be split into 10 or more separate files,
@@ -12,3 +12,25 @@ EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi
 # and those names all map to one 14-byte name (<package>.info-) on some crufty
 # old systems.
 MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split
+
+# Remove `DISABLED_' when fileutils, textutils, and sh-utils have
+# all been merged into one package.
+DISABLED_constants.texi: $(top_srcdir)/src/tail.c
+	LC_ALL=C \
+	sed -n -e 's/^#define \(DEFAULT_MAX[_A-Z]*\) \(.*\)/@set \1 \2/p' \
+	  $(top_srcdir)/src/tail.c > t-$@
+	mv t-$@ $@
+
+# Uncomment this when fileutils, textutils, and sh-utils have
+# all been merged into one package.
+# MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = constants.texi
+
+$(DVIS): $(EXTRA_DIST)
+$(INFO_DEPS): $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+# List words/regexps here that should not appear in the texinfo documentation.
+check-texinfo:
+	grep timezone $(srcdir)/*.texi && exit 1 || :
+	grep -w POSIX $(srcdir)/*.texi 2> /dev/null && exit 1 || :
+
+check: check-texinfo
--- a/doc/Makefile.in
+++ b/doc/Makefile.in
@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.5a from Makefile.am.
+# @configure_input@

-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-8, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -10,6 +12,8 @@
 # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
 # PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

+@SET_MAKE@
+
 SHELL = @SHELL@

 srcdir = @srcdir@
@@ -30,13 +34,9 @@ infodir = @infodir@
 mandir = @mandir@
 includedir = @includedir@
 oldincludedir = /usr/include
-
-DESTDIR =
-
 pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
 pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
-
 top_builddir = ..

 ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
@@ -44,13 +44,14 @@ AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
 AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
 AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@

+am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
 INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
-INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG =
+INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
 transform = @program_transform_name@
-
 NORMAL_INSTALL = :
 PRE_INSTALL = :
 POST_INSTALL = :
@@ -59,50 +60,64 @@ PRE_UNINSTALL = :
 POST_UNINSTALL = :
 host_alias = @host_alias@
 host_triplet = @host@
-AMDEP = @AMDEP@
+
+EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
+OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
+PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
 AMTAR = @AMTAR@
 AWK = @AWK@
+BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
 CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
 CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
 CC = @CC@
 CPP = @CPP@
-CXX = @CXX@
-CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@
 DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
 DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
 DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
+FESETROUND_LIBM = @FESETROUND_LIBM@
 GENCAT = @GENCAT@
-GETCONF = @GETCONF@
+GETLOADAVG_LIBS = @GETLOADAVG_LIBS@
+GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
 GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
 GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
 GNU_PACKAGE = @GNU_PACKAGE@
-GT_NO = @GT_NO@
-GT_YES = @GT_YES@
-INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
+HELP2MAN = @HELP2MAN@
+INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
 INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
-INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
+INTLBISON = @INTLBISON@
 INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
 INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
-LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
+KMEM_GROUP = @KMEM_GROUP@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
+LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME = @LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME@
+LIB_CRYPT = @LIB_CRYPT@
+LIB_NANOSLEEP = @LIB_NANOSLEEP@
+MAN = @MAN@
 MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
 MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+NEED_SETGID = @NEED_SETGID@
+OPTIONAL_BIN_PROGS = @OPTIONAL_BIN_PROGS@
+OPTIONAL_BIN_ZCRIPTS = @OPTIONAL_BIN_ZCRIPTS@
 PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
 PERL = @PERL@
 POFILES = @POFILES@
 POSUB = @POSUB@
 RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SEQ_LIBM = @SEQ_LIBM@
+SQRT_LIBM = @SQRT_LIBM@
 U = @U@
 USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
 USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
 VERSION = @VERSION@
 YACC = @YACC@
+am__include = @am__include@
+am__quote = @am__quote@
 install_sh = @install_sh@
-l = @l@

+info_TEXINFOS = coreutils.texi

-info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
-
-EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi
+EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi constants.texi doclicense.texi

 # The following is necessary if the package name is 8 characters or longer.
 # If the info documentation would be split into 10 or more separate files,
@@ -115,38 +130,32 @@ EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi
 MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split
 subdir = doc
 mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
-CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
-CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
-DIST_SOURCES = 
-TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
-INFO_DEPS = fileutils.info
-DVIS = fileutils.dvi
-TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
-DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in mdate-sh stamp-vti texinfo.tex \
-version.texi
+CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
+DIST_SOURCES =
+INFO_DEPS = coreutils.info
+DVIS = coreutils.dvi
+TEXINFOS = coreutils.texi
+DIST_COMMON = ChangeLog Makefile.am Makefile.in mdate-sh stamp-vti \
+	texinfo.tex version.texi
+all: all-am

-
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-
-GZIP_ENV = --best
-all: all-redirect
 .SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo .txi
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
-	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits doc/Makefile
+.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in:  Makefile.am  $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac $(ACLOCAL_M4)
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && \
+	  $(AUTOMAKE) --gnu  doc/Makefile
+Makefile:  $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@

-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-	cd $(top_builddir) \
-	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
-
-
-$(srcdir)/version.texi: stamp-vti
+$(srcdir)/version.texi:  $(srcdir)/stamp-vti
 	@:
-
-$(srcdir)/stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
-	@echo "@set UPDATED `$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mdate-sh $(srcdir)/fileutils.texi`" > vti.tmp
-	@echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
-	@echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
+$(srcdir)/stamp-vti: coreutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
+	@(set `$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mdate-sh $(srcdir)/coreutils.texi`; \
+	echo "@set UPDATED $$1 $$2 $$3"; \
+	echo "@set UPDATED-MONTH $$2 $$3"; \
+	echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)"; \
+	echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)") > vti.tmp
 	@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi \
 	  || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/version.texi"; \
 	      cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi)
@@ -156,88 +165,37 @@ $(srcdir)/stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
 mostlyclean-vti:
 	-rm -f vti.tmp

-clean-vti:
-
-distclean-vti:
-
 maintainer-clean-vti:
 	-rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi

-fileutils.info: fileutils.texi version.texi
-fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi version.texi
-
-
-DVIPS = dvips
+coreutils.info: coreutils.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
+coreutils.dvi: coreutils.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi

 .texi.info:
 	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
 	cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) \
+	       `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`

 .texi.dvi:
-	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
-	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+	TEXINPUTS="$(srcdir)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \
+	MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \
+	$(TEXI2DVI) $<

 .texi:
 	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
 	cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
-
-.texinfo.info:
-	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
-	cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
-
-.texinfo:
-	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
-	cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
-
-.texinfo.dvi:
-	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
-	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
-
-.txi.info:
-	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
-	cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
-
-.txi.dvi:
-	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
-	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
-
-.txi:
-	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
-	cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) \
+	       `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
+DVIPS = dvips
 .dvi.ps:
 	$(DVIPS) $< -o $@

-install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
-	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
-	for file in $$list; do \
-	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  for ifile in `CDPATH=: && cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
-	    if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \
-	      echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
-	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile; \
-	    else : ; fi; \
-	  done; \
-	done
-	@$(POST_INSTALL)
-	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
-	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
-	  for file in $$list; do \
-	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\
-	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\
-	  done; \
-	else : ; fi
-
-uninstall-info:
+uninstall-info-am:
 	$(PRE_UNINSTALL)
-	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	@if (install-info --version && \
+	     install-info --version | fgrep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
 	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
 	  for file in $$list; do \
 	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file"; \
@@ -257,27 +215,22 @@ dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
 	list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
 	for base in $$list; do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  for file in `CDPATH=: && cd $$d && eval echo $$base*`; do \
-	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	    || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  for file in $$d/$$base*; do \
+	    relfile=`expr "$$file" : "$$d/\(.*\)"`; \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$relfile || \
+	      cp -p $$file $(distdir)/$$relfile; \
 	  done; \
 	done

 mostlyclean-aminfo:
-	-rm -f fileutils.aux fileutils.cp fileutils.cps fileutils.dvi \
-	  fileutils.fn fileutils.fns fileutils.pgs fileutils.ky \
-	  fileutils.kys fileutils.ps fileutils.log fileutils.pg \
-	  fileutils.toc fileutils.tp fileutils.tps fileutils.vr \
-	  fileutils.vrs fileutils.op fileutils.tr fileutils.cv \
-	  fileutils.cn fileutils.cm fileutils.ov
-
-clean-aminfo:
-
-distclean-aminfo:
+	-rm -f coreutils.aux coreutils.cp coreutils.cps coreutils.dvi coreutils.fl \
+	  coreutils.fn coreutils.ky coreutils.log coreutils.op \
+	  coreutils.pg coreutils.ps coreutils.toc coreutils.tp \
+	  coreutils.vr

 maintainer-clean-aminfo:
-	cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	cd $(srcdir) && \
+	for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
 	  rm -f $$i; \
 	  if test "`echo $$i-[0-9]*`" != "$$i-[0-9]*"; then \
 	    rm -f $$i-[0-9]*; \
@@ -286,88 +239,152 @@ maintainer-clean-aminfo:
 tags: TAGS
 TAGS:

+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)

-distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+top_distdir = ..
+distdir = $(top_distdir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)

 distdir: $(DISTFILES)
 	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
-	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	  dir=`echo "$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
+	  if test "$$dir" != "$$file" && test "$$dir" != "."; then \
+	    $(mkinstalldirs) "$(distdir)/$$dir"; \
+	  fi; \
 	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
-	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir); \
+	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
+	    || exit 1; \
 	  else \
 	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	    || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file || :; \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || exit 1; \
 	  fi; \
 	done
-
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
-info: info-am
-dvi-am: $(DVIS)
-dvi: dvi-am
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) \
+	  top_distdir="${top_distdir}" distdir="$(distdir)" \
+	  dist-info
 check-am: all-am
 check: check-am
-installcheck-am:
-installcheck: installcheck-am
-install-exec-am:
-install-exec: install-exec-am
+all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)

-install-data-am: install-info-am
+installdirs:
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
+
+install: install-am
+install-exec: install-exec-am
 install-data: install-data-am
+uninstall: uninstall-am

 install-am: all-am
 	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
-install: install-am
-uninstall-am: uninstall-info
-uninstall: uninstall-am
-all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
-all-redirect: all-am
+
+installcheck: installcheck-am
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s install
-installdirs:
-	$(mkinstalldirs)  $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
-
-
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
+	  `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
+	    echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
 mostlyclean-generic:

 clean-generic:

 distclean-generic:
-	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES) stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*

 maintainer-clean-generic:
-	-rm -f Makefile.in
-mostlyclean-am:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic
-
-mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
-
-clean-am:  clean-vti clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean-am
-
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
 clean: clean-am

-distclean-am:  distclean-vti distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean-am
+clean-am: clean-generic mostlyclean-am

 distclean: distclean-am

-maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-aminfo \
-		maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
-	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
-	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
+
+dvi: dvi-am
+
+dvi-am: $(DVIS)
+
+info: info-am
+
+info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+
+install-data-am: install-info-am
+
+install-exec-am:
+
+install-info: install-info-am
+
+install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
+	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  for ifile in echo $$d/$$file $$d/$$file-[0-9] $$d/$$file-[0-9][0-9]; do \
+	    if test -f $$ifile; then \
+	      relfile=`expr "$$ifile" : "$$d/\(.*\)"`; \
+	      echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile"; \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile; \
+	    else : ; fi; \
+	  done; \
+	done
+	@$(POST_INSTALL)
+	@if (install-info --version && \
+	     install-info --version | fgrep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	  for file in $$list; do \
+	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\
+	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\
+	  done; \
+	else : ; fi
+install-man:
+
+installcheck-am:

 maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am

-.PHONY: mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti maintainer-clean-vti \
-install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo distclean-aminfo \
-clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir info-am info dvi-am \
-dvi check check-am installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am \
-install-exec install-data-am install-data install-am install \
-uninstall-am uninstall all-redirect all-am all install-strip \
-installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
-maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
+maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-aminfo \
+	maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-vti
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
+
+mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-vti
+
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info-am
+
+.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic dist-info \
+	distclean distclean-generic distdir dvi dvi-am info info-am \
+	install install-am install-data install-data-am install-exec \
+	install-exec-am install-info install-info-am install-man \
+	install-strip installcheck installcheck-am installdirs \
+	maintainer-clean maintainer-clean-aminfo \
+	maintainer-clean-generic maintainer-clean-vti mostlyclean \
+	mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-vti \
+	uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-info-am


+# Remove `DISABLED_' when fileutils, textutils, and sh-utils have
+# all been merged into one package.
+DISABLED_constants.texi: $(top_srcdir)/src/tail.c
+	LC_ALL=C \
+	sed -n -e 's/^#define \(DEFAULT_MAX[_A-Z]*\) \(.*\)/@set \1 \2/p' \
+	  $(top_srcdir)/src/tail.c > t-$@
+	mv t-$@ $@
+
+# Uncomment this when fileutils, textutils, and sh-utils have
+# all been merged into one package.
+# MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = constants.texi
+
+$(DVIS): $(EXTRA_DIST)
+$(INFO_DEPS): $(EXTRA_DIST)
+
+# List words/regexps here that should not appear in the texinfo documentation.
+check-texinfo:
+	grep timezone $(srcdir)/*.texi && exit 1 || :
+	grep -w POSIX $(srcdir)/*.texi 2> /dev/null && exit 1 || :
+
+check: check-texinfo
 # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
 # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
 .NOEXPORT:
--- a/doc/constants.texi
+++ b/doc/constants.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+@set DEFAULT_MAX_N_UNCHANGED_STATS_BETWEEN_OPENS 5
+@set DEFAULT_MAX_N_CONSECUTIVE_SIZE_CHANGES 200
--- a/doc/coreutils.texi
+++ b/doc/coreutils.texi
--- a/doc/doclicense.texi
+++ b/doc/doclicense.texi
@@ -0,0 +1,395 @@
+@c -*-texinfo-*-
+@node GNU Free Documentation License
+@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
+@center Version 1.1, March 2000
+@ifnottex
+@menu
+* How to use this License for your documents::
+@end menu
+@end ifnottex
+@display
+Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
+Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+@end display
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@enumerate 0
+@item
+PREAMBLE
+
+The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+written document ``free'' in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
+the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
+modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
+this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
+credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+modifications made by others.
+
+This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
+works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
+complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+license designed for free software.
+
+We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
+principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+
+This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
+under the terms of this License.  The ``Document'', below, refers to any
+such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
+addressed as ``you''.
+
+A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
+Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+modifications and/or translated into another language.
+
+A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+(or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
+textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+them.
+
+The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+that says that the Document is released under this License.
+
+The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+the Document is released under this License.
+
+A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
+straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
+not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
+
+Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
+PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
+by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+processing tools are not generally available, and the
+machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
+purposes only.
+
+The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
+formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
+the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+VERBATIM COPYING
+
+You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
+technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
+compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
+number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+
+You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+you may publicly display copies.
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+COPYING IN QUANTITY
+
+If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
+and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
+the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
+the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+as verbatim copying in other respects.
+
+If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+pages.
+
+If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
+Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
+general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
+charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
+option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
+distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
+Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
+until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
+copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
+the public.
+
+It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+MODIFICATIONS
+
+You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+
+A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+   from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+   (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+   of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
+   if the original publisher of that version gives permission.@*
+B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+   responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+   Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+   Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).@*
+C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+   Modified Version, as the publisher.@*
+D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.@*
+E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+   adjacent to the other copyright notices.@*
+F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+   giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+   terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.@*
+G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+   and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.@*
+H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.@*
+I. Preserve the section entitled ``History'', and its title, and add to
+   it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+   publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
+   there is no section entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
+   stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+   given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+   Version as stated in the previous sentence.@*
+J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+   public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+   the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+   it was based on.  These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
+   You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+   least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+   publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.@*
+K. In any section entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'',
+   preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
+   substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+   and/or dedications given therein.@*
+L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+   unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+   or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.@*
+M. Delete any section entitled ``Endorsements''.  Such a section
+   may not be included in the Modified Version.@*
+N. Do not retitle any existing section as ``Endorsements''
+   or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.@*
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+
+You may add a section entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
+nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+standard.
+
+You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+
+The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+
+You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+license notice.
+
+The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+
+In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled ``History''
+in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
+``History''; likewise combine any sections entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
+and any sections entitled ``Dedications''.  You must delete all sections
+entitled ``Endorsements.''
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+
+You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+
+You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+
+A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
+of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
+compilation.  Such a compilation is called an ``aggregate'', and this
+License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
+with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
+are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+
+If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
+of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
+Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+TRANSLATION
+
+Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+translation of this License provided that you also include the
+original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
+between the translation and the original English version of this
+License, the original English version will prevail.
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+TERMINATION
+
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+parties remain in full compliance.
+@iftex
+@sp1
+@end iftex
+@item
+FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+
+The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
+following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+@end enumerate
+
+@node How to use this License for your documents
+@unnumberedsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+
+To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+license notices just after the title page:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+
+  Copyright (C)  @var{year}  @var{your name}.
+  Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+  under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+  or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+  with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with the
+  Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts being @var{list}.
+  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+  Free Documentation License''.
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+If you have no Invariant Sections, write ``with no Invariant Sections''
+instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
+Front-Cover Texts, write ``no Front-Cover Texts'' instead of
+``Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}''; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
+
+If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+to permit their use in free software.
--- a/doc/getdate.texi
+++ b/doc/getdate.texi
@@ -30,27 +30,32 @@ or a week from Sunday, with feelings of helpless confusion.  @dots{}
 --- Robert Grudin, @cite{Time and the Art of Living}.
@end quotation

-This section describes the textual date representations that GNU
+This section describes the textual date representations that @sc{gnu}
 programs accept.  These are the strings you, as a user, can supply as
 arguments to the various programs.  The C interface (via the
@code{getdate} function) is not described here.

-@cindex beginning of time, for Unix
-@cindex epoch, for Unix
-Although the date syntax here can represent any possible time since zero
-A.D., computer integers are not big enough for such a (comparatively)
-long time.  The earliest date semantically allowed on Unix systems is
-midnight, 1 January 1970 UCT.
+@cindex beginning of time, for @sc{posix}
+@cindex epoch, for @sc{posix}
+Although the date syntax here can represent any possible time since the
+year zero, computer integers often cannot represent such a wide range of
+time.  On @sc{posix} systems, the clock starts at 1970-01-01 00:00:00
+@sc{utc}: @sc{posix} does not require support for times before the
+@sc{posix} Epoch and times far in the future.  Traditional Unix systems
+have 32-bit signed @code{time_t} and can represent times from 1901-12-13
+20:45:52 through 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}.  Systems with 64-bit
+signed @code{time_t} can represent all the times in the known
+lifetime of the universe.

@menu
 * General date syntax::            Common rules.
-* Calendar date item::             19 Dec 1994.
-* Time of day item::               9:20pm.
-* Time zone item::                 EST, DST, BST, UTC, ...
-* Day of week item::               Monday and others.
-* Relative item in date strings::  next tuesday, 2 years ago.
+* Calendar date items::            19 Dec 1994.
+* Time of day items::              9:20pm.
+* Time zone items::                @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
+* Day of week items::              Monday and others.
+* Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
 * Pure numbers in date strings::   19931219, 1440.
-* Authors of getdate::             Bellovin, Salz, Berets, et al.
+* Authors of getdate::             Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
@end menu


@@ -95,6 +100,34 @@ When a month is written this way, it is still considered to be written
 numerically, instead of being ``spelled in full''; this changes the
 allowed strings.

+@cindex language, in dates
+In the current implementation, only English is supported for words and
+abbreviations like @samp{AM}, @samp{DST}, @samp{EST}, @samp{first},
+@samp{January}, @samp{Sunday}, @samp{tomorrow}, and @samp{year}.
+
+@cindex language, in dates
+@cindex time zone item
+The output of @command{date} is not always acceptable as a date string,
+not only because of the language problem, but also because there is no
+standard meaning for time zone items like @samp{IST}.  When using
+@command{date} to generate a date string intended to be parsed later,
+specify a date format that is independent of language and that does not
+use time zone items other than @samp{UTC} and @samp{Z}.  Here are some
+ways to do this:
+
+@example
+$ LC_ALL=C TZ=UTC0 date
+Fri Dec 15 19:48:05 UTC 2000
+$ TZ=UTC0 date +"%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%SZ"
+2000-12-15 19:48:05Z
+$ date --iso-8601=seconds  # a GNU extension
+2000-12-15T11:48:05-0800
+$ date --rfc-822  # a GNU extension
+Fri, 15 Dec 2000 11:48:05 -0800
+$ date +"%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S %z"  # %z is a GNU extension.
+2000-12-15 11:48:05 -0800
+@end example
+
@cindex case, ignored in dates
@cindex comments, in dates
 Alphabetic case is completely ignored in dates.  Comments may be introduced
@@ -103,8 +136,8 @@ nested.  Hyphens not followed by a digit are currently ignored.  Leading
 zeros on numbers are ignored.


-@node Calendar date item
-@section Calendar date item
+@node Calendar date items
+@section Calendar date items

@cindex calendar date item

@@ -113,13 +146,14 @@ specified differently, depending on whether the month is specified
 numerically or literally.  All these strings specify the same calendar date:

@example
-1970-09-17           # ISO 8601.
-70-9-17              # Assume 19xx for 69 through 99, 20xx for 00 through 68.
-70-09-17             # Leading zeros are ignored.
-9/17/72              # Common U.S. writing.
+1972-09-24     # @sc{iso} 8601.
+72-9-24        # Assume 19xx for 69 through 99,
+               # 20xx for 00 through 68.
+72-09-24       # Leading zeros are ignored.
+9/24/72        # Common U.S. writing.
 24 September 1972
-24 Sept 72           # September has a special abbreviation.
-24 Sep 72            # Three-letter abbreviations always allowed.
+24 Sept 72     # September has a special abbreviation.
+24 Sep 72      # Three-letter abbreviations always allowed.
 Sep 24, 1972
 24-sep-72
 24sep72
@@ -129,15 +163,15 @@ The year can also be omitted.  In this case, the last specified year is
 used, or the current year if none.  For example:

@example
-9/17
-sep 17
+9/24
+sep 24
@end example

 Here are the rules.

-@cindex ISO 8601 date format
-@cindex date format, ISO 8601
-For numeric months, the ISO 8601 format
+@cindex @sc{iso} 8601 date format
+@cindex date format, @sc{iso} 8601
+For numeric months, the @sc{iso} 8601 format
@samp{@var{year}-@var{month}-@var{day}} is allowed, where @var{year} is
 any positive number, @var{month} is a number between 01 and 12, and
@var{day} is a number between 01 and 31.  A leading zero must be present
@@ -173,8 +207,8 @@ Or, omitting the year:
@end example


-@node Time of day item
-@section Time of day item
+@node Time of day items
+@section Time of day items

@cindex time of day item

@@ -185,7 +219,7 @@ day.  Here are some examples, all of which represent the same time:
 20:02:0
 20:02
 8:02pm
-20:02-0500      # In EST (Eastern U.S. Standard Time).
+20:02-0500      # In @sc{est} (U.S. Eastern Standard Time).
@end example

 More generally, the time of the day may be given as
@@ -205,6 +239,9 @@ or @samp{p.m.}), @var{hour} is restricted to run from 1 to 12, and
 indicates the first half of the day, @samp{pm} indicates the second
 half of the day.  In this notation, 12 is the predecessor of 1:
 midnight is @samp{12am} while noon is @samp{12pm}.
+(This is the zero-oriented interpretation of @samp{12am} and @samp{12pm},
+as opposed to the old tradition derived from Latin
+which uses @samp{12m} for noon and @samp{12pm} for midnight.)

@cindex time zone correction
@cindex minutes, time zone correction by
@@ -213,138 +250,39 @@ expressed as @samp{@var{s}@var{hh}@var{mm}}, where @var{s} is @samp{+}
 or @samp{-}, @var{hh} is a number of zone hours and @var{mm} is a number
 of zone minutes.  When a time zone correction is given this way, it
 forces interpretation of the time relative to
-Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), overriding any previous
+Coordinated Universal Time (@sc{utc}), overriding any previous
 specification for the time zone or the local time zone.  The @var{minute}
 part of the time of the day may not be elided when a time zone correction
-is used.  This is the only way to specify a time zone correction by
+is used.  This is the best way to specify a time zone correction by
 fractional parts of an hour.

 Either @samp{am}/@samp{pm} or a time zone correction may be specified,
 but not both.


-@node Time zone item
-@section Time zone item
+@node Time zone items
+@section Time zone items

@cindex time zone item

-A @dfn{time zone item} specifies an international time zone, indicated by
-a small set of letters.  They are supported for backward compatibility reasons,
-but they are not recommended because they are ambiguous in practice:
-for example, the abbreviation @samp{EST} has different meanings in
-Australia and the United States.  Any included period is ignored.  Military
-time zone designations use a single letter.  Currently, only integral
-zone hours may be represented in a time zone item.  See the previous
-section for a finer control over the time zone correction.
+A @dfn{time zone item} specifies an international time zone, indicated
+by a small set of letters, e.g., @samp{UTC} or @samp{Z}
+for Coordinated Universal
+Time.  Any included periods are ignored.  By following a
+non-daylight-saving time zone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate
+word (that is, separated by some white space), the corresponding
+daylight saving time zone may be specified.

-Here are many non-daylight-saving-time time zones, indexed by the zone
-hour value.
-
-@table @asis
-@item -1200
-@samp{Y} for militaries.
-@item -1100
-@samp{X} for militaries.
-@item -1000
-@samp{W} for militaries.
-@item -0900
-@samp{V} for militaries.
-@item -0800
-@samp{PST} for Pacific Standard, and
-@samp{U} for militaries.
-@item -0700
-@samp{MST} for Mountain Standard, and
-@samp{T} for militaries.
-@item -0600
-@samp{CST} for Central Standard, and
-@samp{S} for militaries.
-@item -0500
-@samp{EST} for Eastern Standard, and
-@samp{R} for militaries.
-@item -0400
-@samp{AST} for Atlantic Standard, and
-@samp{Q} for militaries.
-@item -0300
-@samp{P} for militaries.
-@item -0200
-@samp{O} for militaries.
-@item -0100
-@samp{N} for militaries.
-@item +0000
-@cindex Greenwich Mean Time
-@cindex Coordinated Universal Time
-@cindex Universal Coordinated Time
-@cindex Universal Time (Coordinated)
-@samp{GMT} for Greenwich Mean,
-@samp{UT} for Universal,
-@samp{UTC} for Coordinated Universal,
-@samp{WET} for Western European, and
-@samp{Z} for ISO 8601 and militaries.
-@item +0100
-@samp{A} for militaries,
-@samp{CET} for Central European,
-@samp{MET} for Midden Europesche Tijd (Dutch), and
-@samp{MEZ} for Mittel-Europ@"aische Zeit (German).
-@item +0200
-@samp{B} for militaries, and
-@samp{EET} for Eastern European.
-@item +0300
-@samp{C} for militaries.
-@item +0400
-@samp{D} for militaries.
-@item +0500
-@samp{E} for militaries.
-@item +0600
-@samp{F} for militaries.
-@item +0700
-@samp{G} for militaries.
-@item +0800
-@samp{H} for militaries.
-@item +0900
-@samp{I} for militaries, and
-@samp{JST} for Japan Standard.
-@item +1000
-@samp{GST} for Guam Standard, and
-@samp{K} for militaries.
-@item +1100
-@samp{L} for militaries.
-@item +1200
-@samp{M} for militaries, and
-@samp{NZST} for New Zealand Standard.
-@end table
-
-@cindex daylight-saving time
-Here are many daylight-saving time (DST) time zones,
-indexed by the zone hour value.  Also, by
-following a non-DST time zone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate word
-(that is, separated by some whitespace), the corresponding DST time zone
-may be specified.
-
-@table @asis
-@item -0700
-@samp{PDT} for Pacific Daylight.
-@item -0600
-@samp{MDT} for Mountain Daylight.
-@item -0500
-@samp{CDT} for Central Daylight.
-@item -0400
-@samp{EDT} for Eastern Daylight.
-@item -0300
-@samp{ADT} for Atlantic Daylight.
-@item +0100
-@samp{BST} for British Summer, and
-@samp{WEST} for Western European Summer.
-@item +0200
-@samp{CEST} for Central European Summer,
-@samp{MEST} for Midden Europesche S. Tijd (Dutch), and
-@samp{MESZ} for Mittel-Europ@"aische Sommerzeit (German).
-@item +1300
-@samp{NZDT} for New Zealand Daylight.
-@end table
+Time zone items other than @samp{UTC} and @samp{Z}
+are obsolescent and are not recommended, because they
+are ambiguous; for example, @samp{EST} has a different meaning in
+Australia than in the United States.  Instead, it's better to use
+unambiguous numeric time zone corrections like @samp{-0500}, as
+described in the previous section.


-@node Day of week item
-@section Day of week item
+@node Day of week items
+@section Day of week items

@cindex day of week item

@@ -370,8 +308,8 @@ the day that @var{day} by itself would represent.
 A comma following a day of the week item is ignored.


-@node Relative item in date strings
-@section Relative item in date strings
+@node Relative items in date strings
+@section Relative items in date strings

@cindex relative items in date strings
@cindex displacement of dates
@@ -408,7 +346,7 @@ The unit of time may be preceded by a multiplier, given as an optionally
 signed number.  Unsigned numbers are taken as positively signed.  No
 number at all implies 1 for a multiplier.  Following a relative item by
 the string @samp{ago} is equivalent to preceding the unit by a
-multiplicator with value @math{-1}.
+multiplier with value @math{-1}.

@findex day @r{in date strings}
@findex tomorrow @r{in date strings}
@@ -423,14 +361,14 @@ one day in the past (equivalent to @samp{day ago}).
 The strings @samp{now} or @samp{today} are relative items corresponding
 to zero-valued time displacement, these strings come from the fact
 a zero-valued time displacement represents the current time when not
-otherwise change by previous items.  They may be used to stress other
+otherwise changed by previous items.  They may be used to stress other
 items, like in @samp{12:00 today}.  The string @samp{this} also has
 the meaning of a zero-valued time displacement, but is preferred in
 date strings like @samp{this thursday}.

-When a relative item makes the resulting date to cross the boundary
-between DST and non-DST (or vice-versa), the hour is adjusted according
-to the local time.
+When a relative item causes the resulting date to cross a boundary
+where the clocks were adjusted, typically for daylight-saving time,
+the resulting date and time are adjusted accordingly.


@node Pure numbers in date strings
@@ -438,11 +376,11 @@ to the local time.

@cindex pure numbers in date strings

-The precise intepretation of a pure decimal number is dependent of
-the context in the date string.
+The precise interpretation of a pure decimal number depends
+on the context in the date string.

 If the decimal number is of the form @var{yyyy}@var{mm}@var{dd} and no
-other calendar date item (@pxref{Calendar date item}) appears before it
+other calendar date item (@pxref{Calendar date items}) appears before it
 in the date string, then @var{yyyy} is read as the year, @var{mm} as the
 month number and @var{dd} as the day of the month, for the specified
 calendar date.
@@ -467,13 +405,14 @@ year.
@cindex Berets, Jim
@cindex MacKenzie, David
@cindex Meyering, Jim
+@cindex Eggert, Paul
@code{getdate} was originally implemented by Steven M. Bellovin
 (@email{smb@@research.att.com}) while at the University of North Carolina
 at Chapel Hill.  The code was later tweaked by a couple of people on
 Usenet, then completely overhauled by Rich $alz (@email{rsalz@@bbn.com})
 and Jim Berets (@email{jberets@@bbn.com}) in August, 1990.  Various
-revisions for the GNU system were made by David MacKenzie, Jim Meyering,
-and others.
+revisions for the @sc{gnu} system were made by David MacKenzie, Jim Meyering,
+Paul Eggert and others.

@cindex Pinard, F.
@cindex Berry, K.
--- a/doc/perm.texi
+++ b/doc/perm.texi
@@ -69,11 +69,12 @@ matter what group the user who creates them is in.
@cindex sticky
@cindex swap space, saving text image in
@cindex text image, saving in swap space
-@cindex append-only directories
+@cindex restricted deletion flag
 save the program's text image on the swap device so it will load more
 quickly when run (called the @dfn{sticky bit}).  For directories on some
-systems, prevent users from removing files that they do not own in the
-directory; this is called making the directory @dfn{append-only}.
+systems, prevent users from removing or renaming a file in a directory
+unless they own the file or the directory; this is called the
+@dfn{restricted deletion flag} for the directory.
@end enumerate

@node Symbolic Modes
@@ -118,7 +119,7 @@ format:

@noindent
 The spaces between the three parts above are shown for readability only;
-symbolic modes can not contain spaces.
+symbolic modes cannot contain spaces.

 The @var{users} part tells which users' access to the file is changed.
 It consists of one or more of the following letters (or it can be empty;
@@ -276,18 +277,8 @@ o+t

 Remember that the special permissions only affect files that are
 executable, plus, on some systems, directories (on which they have
-different meanings; @pxref{Mode Structure}).  Using @samp{a}
-in the @var{users} part of a symbolic mode does not cause the special
-permissions to be affected; thus,
-
-@example
-a+s
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-has @emph{no effect}.  You must use @samp{u}, @samp{g}, and @samp{o}
-explicitly to affect the special permissions.  Also, the
-combinations @samp{u+t}, @samp{g+t}, and @samp{o+s} have no effect.
+different meanings; @pxref{Mode Structure}).
+Also, the combinations @samp{u+t}, @samp{g+t}, and @samp{o+s} have no effect.

 The @samp{=} operator is not very useful with special permissions; for
 example, the mode:
@@ -342,7 +333,7 @@ og+rX-w
 gives users other than the owner of the file read permission and, if
 it is a directory or if someone already had execute permission
 to it, gives them execute permission; and it also denies them write
-permission to it file.  It does not affect the permission that the
+permission to the file.  It does not affect the permission that the
 owner of the file has for it.  The above mode is equivalent to
 the two modes:

@@ -437,7 +428,7 @@ This number is always interpreted in octal; you do not have to add a
 leading 0, as you do in C.  Mode 0055 is the same as mode 55.

 A numeric mode is usually shorter than the corresponding symbolic
-mode, but it is limited in that it can not take into account a file's
+mode, but it is limited in that it cannot take into account a file's
 previous permissions; it can only set them absolutely.

 On most systems, the permissions granted to the user,
--- a/doc/sh-utils.texi
+++ b/doc/sh-utils.texi
--- a/doc/texinfo.tex
+++ b/doc/texinfo.tex
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
 % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
 \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
 %
-\def\texinfoversion{1999-09-25.10}
+\def\texinfoversion{2001-07-25.07}
 %
-% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99
-% Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,
+%               2000, 01 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 %
 % This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 % modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
@@ -170,6 +170,16 @@
 }%
 \fi

+% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions.  If the last thing
+% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
+% 
+\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
+  \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
+\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
+  \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
+\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
+  \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
+
 % For @cropmarks command.
 % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
 %
@@ -214,6 +224,9 @@
    \normalturnoffactive  % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
                   % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
    \shipout\vbox{%
+      % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
+      \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi
+      %
      \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
        \hsize = \outerhsize
        \vskip-\topandbottommargin
@@ -243,8 +256,6 @@
        \unvbox\footlinebox
      \fi
      %
-      \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi
-      %
      \ifcropmarks
          \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
        \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
@@ -430,7 +441,7 @@
  % environments.  --karl, 6may93
  %{\advance \baselineskip by -\singlespaceskip
  %\kern \baselineskip}%
-  \setleading \singlespaceskip
+  \setleading\singlespaceskip
 }

 %% Simple single-character @ commands
@@ -687,16 +698,54 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
 \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}

-% @inmargin{TEXT} puts TEXT in the margin next to the current paragraph.
-
-\def\inmargin#1{%
-\strut\vadjust{\nobreak\kern-\strutdepth
-  \vtop to \strutdepth{\baselineskip\strutdepth\vss
-  \llap{\rightskip=\inmarginspacing \vbox{\noindent #1}}\null}}}
+% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
+% paragraph.  For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
+% class.  WHICH is `l' or `r'.
+%
 \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
 \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
-
-%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
+%
+\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
+  \nobreak
+  \kern-\strutdepth
+  \vtop to \strutdepth{%
+    \baselineskip=\strutdepth
+    \vss
+    % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
+    % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
+    \ifx#1l%
+      \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+    \else
+      \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
+    \fi
+    \null
+  }%
+}}
+\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
+\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
+%
+% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
+% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
+% else use TEXT for both).
+% 
+\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
+\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% 
+  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have both texts
+    \def\righttext{#2}%
+  \else
+    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have only one text
+    \def\righttext{#1}%
+  \fi
+  %
+  \ifodd\pageno
+    \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
+  \else
+    \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
+  \fi
+  \temp
+}

 % @include file    insert text of that file as input.
 % Allow normal characters that  we make active in the argument (a file name).
@@ -885,13 +934,17 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
    \fi
      \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
      \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
-      {#1.pdf}%
+      \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
+	 #1.pdf%
+       \else
+         {#1.pdf}%
+       \fi
    \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
      \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
    \fi}
-  \def\pdfmkdest#1{\pdfdest name{#1@} xyz}
+  \def\pdfmkdest#1{{\normalturnoffactive \pdfdest name{#1} xyz}}
  \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1@}
-  \let\linkcolor = \Cyan
+  \let\linkcolor = \Blue  % was Cyan, but that seems light?
  \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
  % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
  % come from Petr Olsak
@@ -906,7 +959,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
      \closein 1 
      \indexnofonts
      \def\tt{}
-      % thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks  
+      \let\_ = \normalunderscore
+      % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks  
      \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
      \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
      %
@@ -986,6 +1040,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
  \def\pdfurl#1{%
    \begingroup
      \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}%
+      \let\value=\expandablevalue
      \leavevmode\Red
      \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
        user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
@@ -1013,9 +1068,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
  \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
    {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
  \def\pdflink#1{%
-    \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\mkpgn{#1}}
+    \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
    \linkcolor #1\endlink}
-  \def\mkpgn#1{#1@} 
  \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
 \fi % \ifx\pdfoutput

@@ -1032,9 +1086,29 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % We don't need math for this one.
 \def\ttsl{\tenttsl}

+% Default leading.
+\newdimen\textleading  \textleading = 13.2pt
+
+% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
+% correspondingly.  There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
+% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
+%
+\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
+\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
+\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
+%
+\def\setleading#1{%
+  \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
+  \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
+  \normalbaselines
+  \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
+    \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
+                    depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
+  }%
+}
+
 % Use Computer Modern fonts at \magstephalf (11pt).
-\newcount\mainmagstep
-\mainmagstep=\magstephalf
+\newcount\mainmagstep \mainmagstep=\magstephalf

 % Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
 % specified font prefix (normally `cm').
@@ -1101,6 +1175,18 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \font\smalli=cmmi9
 \font\smallsy=cmsy9

+% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
+\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
+\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
+\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
+\font\smalleri=cmmi8
+\font\smallersy=cmsy8
+
 % Fonts for title page:
 \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
 \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
@@ -1189,7 +1275,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
  \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
  \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
  \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
-  \resetmathfonts}
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
 \def\titlefonts{%
  \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
  \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
@@ -1218,7 +1304,14 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
  \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
  \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
  \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{11pt}}
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
+\def\smallerfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
+  \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
+  \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
+  \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
+\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallerfonts

 % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
 %
@@ -1521,6 +1614,10 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   \oldpage
   \endgroup
   %
+   % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
+   % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
+   \HEADINGSon
+   %
   % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
   \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
     \shortcontents
@@ -1536,8 +1633,6 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   \fi
   %
   \ifpdf \pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
-   %
-   \HEADINGSon
 }

 \def\finishtitlepage{%
@@ -1670,7 +1765,10 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 }

 % Subroutines used in generating headings
-% Produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
+% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
+\ifx\today\undefined
 \def\today{%
  \number\day\space
  \ifcase\month
@@ -1679,6 +1777,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
  \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
  \fi
  \space\number\year}
+\fi

 % @settitle line...  specifies the title of the document, for headings.
 % It generates no output of its own.
@@ -2295,13 +2394,15 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 %
 \def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}

-% Ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu, and @direntry text.
+% Also ignore @ifinfo, @ifhtml, @ifnottex, @html, @menu,
+% @documentdescription, and @direntry text.
 %
 \def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
 \def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
 \def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
 \def\html{\doignore{html}}
 \def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
+\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
 \def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}

 % @dircategory CATEGORY  -- specify a category of the dir file
@@ -2408,10 +2509,14 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
    \let\tenrm=\nullfont \let\tenit=\nullfont \let\tensl=\nullfont
    \let\tenbf=\nullfont \let\tentt=\nullfont \let\smallcaps=\nullfont
    \let\tensf=\nullfont
-    % Similarly for index fonts (mostly for their use in smallexample).
+    % Similarly for index fonts.
    \let\smallrm=\nullfont \let\smallit=\nullfont \let\smallsl=\nullfont
    \let\smallbf=\nullfont \let\smalltt=\nullfont \let\smallsc=\nullfont
    \let\smallsf=\nullfont
+    % Similarly for smallexample fonts.
+    \let\smallerrm=\nullfont \let\smallerit=\nullfont \let\smallersl=\nullfont
+    \let\smallerbf=\nullfont \let\smallertt=\nullfont \let\smallersc=\nullfont
+    \let\smallersf=\nullfont
    %
    % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts.
    \tracinglostchars = 0
@@ -2587,42 +2692,48 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 }

 % @defindex foo  ==  \newindex{foo}
-
+%
 \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}

 % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-
+%
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
+%
 \def\newcodeindex#1{%
  \iflinks
    \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
    \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
  \fi
  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
-    \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}
+    \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
 }

-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}

 % @synindex foo bar    makes index foo feed into index bar.
 % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-% The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
-% Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
-\def\synindex#1 #2 {%
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
-    \noexpand\doindex{#2}}%
-}
-
+% 
 % @syncodeindex foo bar   similar, but put all entries made for index foo
 % inside @code.
-\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {%
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
-    \noexpand\docodeindex{#2}}%
+% 
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
+
+% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
+% #3 the target index (bar).
+\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
+  % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
+  % closing the target index.
+  \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
+    % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
+    % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
+    \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+    \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
+  \fi
+  % redefine \fooindfile:
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
+  % redefine \fooindex:
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
 }

 % Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
@@ -2854,16 +2965,17 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
        % Now the real index entry with the fonts.
        \toks0 = {#2}%
        %
-        % If third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index
-        % string.  And include a space.
+        % If the third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index
+        % line to write.
        \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else
-          \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
+          \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0{#3}}%
        \fi
        %
-        % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key
-        % and the original text, including any font commands.  We write
-        % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file, texindex reduces to
-        % two when writing the .??s sorted result.
+        % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
+        % the original text, including any font commands.  We write
+        % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
+        % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
+        % sorted result.
        \edef\temp{%
          \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
            \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
@@ -3085,11 +3197,18 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}

 \newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
-
-\def\secondary #1#2{
-{\parfillskip=0in \parskip=0in
-\hangindent =1in \hangafter=1
-\noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill #2\par
+\def\secondary#1#2{{%
+  \parfillskip=0in
+  \parskip=0in
+  \hangindent=1in
+  \hangafter=1
+  \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
+  \ifpdf
+    \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+  \else
+    #2
+  \fi
+  \par
 }}

 % Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
@@ -3149,7 +3268,6 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
  %
  % Double the \vsize as well.  (We don't need a separate register here,
  % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
-  \advance\vsize by -\ht\partialpage
  \vsize = 2\vsize
 }

@@ -3163,6 +3281,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
  % previous page.
  \dimen@ = \vsize
  \divide\dimen@ by 2
+  \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
  %
  % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
  \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
@@ -3170,15 +3289,18 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
  \unvbox255
  \penalty\outputpenalty
 }
+%
+% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
 \def\pagesofar{%
-  % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
-  % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
  \unvbox\partialpage
  %
  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
  \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
  \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
 }
+% 
+% All done with double columns.
 \def\enddoublecolumns{%
  \output = {%
    % Split the last of the double-column material.  Leave it on the
@@ -3203,8 +3325,9 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
  % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
  \pagegoal = \vsize
 }
+%
+% Called at the end of the double column material.
 \def\balancecolumns{%
-  % Called at the end of the double column material.
  \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
  \dimen@ = \ht0
  \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
@@ -4080,9 +4203,17 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
 % start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip
 %
-\def\aboveenvbreak{{\advance\envskipamount by \parskip
-\endgraf \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
-\removelastskip \penalty-50 \vskip\envskipamount \fi}}
+\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
+  \ifnum\lastpenalty < 10000
+    \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+    \endgraf
+    \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+      \removelastskip
+      \penalty-50
+      \vskip\envskipamount
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}}

 \let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak

@@ -4214,7 +4345,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \def\smalllispx{\begingroup
  \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
  \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
-  \smallfonts
+  \smallexamplefonts
  \lisp
 }

@@ -4225,12 +4356,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
  \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish
  \gobble
 }
-
+%
 % @smalldisplay (when @smallbook): @display plus smaller fonts.
 %
 \def\smalldisplayx{\begingroup
  \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
-  \smallfonts \rm
+  \smallexamplefonts \rm
  \display
 }

@@ -4242,12 +4373,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
  \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish
  \gobble
 }
-
+%
 % @smallformat (when @smallbook): @format plus smaller fonts.
 %
 \def\smallformatx{\begingroup
  \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
-  \smallfonts \rm
+  \smallexamplefonts \rm
  \format
 }

@@ -4265,6 +4396,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
  \gobble
 }

+
 % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
 % and narrows the margins.
 %
@@ -4287,6 +4419,158 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 }


+% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
+% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter, 
+% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
+% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command.  --janneke@gnu.org
+%
+% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996.  The TeXbook.
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 344; only we need to do '@' too
+\def\dospecials{%
+  \do\ \do\\\do\@\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
+  \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 380
+\def\uncatcodespecials{%
+  \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials}
+%
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
+\endgroup
+%
+% Setup for the @verb command.
+%
+% Eight spaces for a tab
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^I=\active
+  \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\setupverb{%
+  \tt  % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+  \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
+  \catcode`\`=\active
+  \tabeightspaces
+  % Respect line breaks,
+  % print special symbols as themselves, and
+  % make each space count
+  % must do in this order:
+  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Setup for the @verbatim environment
+%
+% Real tab expansion
+\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
+%
+\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^I=\active
+  \gdef\tabexpand{%
+    \catcode`\^^I=\active
+    \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
+      \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+      \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
+      \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+      \advance\dimen0 by\tabw  % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+      \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
+    }%
+  }
+\endgroup
+\def\setupverbatim{%
+  % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+  \tt
+  \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
+  \catcode`\`=\active
+  \tabexpand
+  % Respect line breaks,
+  % print special symbols as themselves, and
+  % make each space count
+  % must do in this order:
+  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+  \everypar{\starttabbox}%
+}
+
+% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique 
+% delimiter characters.  Before first delimiter expect a 
+% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
+%
+%    \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12
+  \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
+%
+%
+% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
+% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
+%
+%     \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
+%
+% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, 
+% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
+% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'
+%
+% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
+%% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know
+%% \begingroup
+%% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1
+%% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active
+%% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[
+%% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]]
+%% |endgroup
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\ =\active
+  \gdef\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1\end{verbatim}}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verbatim{%
+  \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+  \begingroup
+    \nonfillstart
+    \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+    \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim
+}
+
+% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
+%
+% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
+\def\verbatiminclude{%
+  \begingroup
+    \catcode`\\=12
+    \catcode`~=12
+    \catcode`^=12
+    \catcode`_=12
+    \catcode`|=12
+    \catcode`<=12
+    \catcode`>=12
+    \catcode`+=12
+    \parsearg\doverbatiminclude
+}
+\def\setupverbatiminclude{%
+  \begingroup
+    \nonfillstart
+    \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+    \begingroup\setupverbatim
+}
+%
+\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
+     % Restore active chars for included file.
+  \endgroup
+  \begingroup
+  \def\thisfile{#1}%
+  \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile
+  \endgroup\nonfillfinish\endgroup
+}
+
+
 \message{defuns,}
 % @defun etc.

@@ -4710,7 +4994,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{%
  \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index
  \begingroup
-    \defname{#3}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}%
+    \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$$$#3}
+            {\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}%
    \defvarargs{#3}%
  \endgroup
 }
@@ -5244,13 +5529,15 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
  \ifpdf
    \leavevmode
    \getfilename{#4}%
-    \ifnum\filenamelength>0
-      \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
-        goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1@}%
-    \else
-      \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
-        goto name{#1@}%
-    \fi
+    {\normalturnoffactive
+     \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+       \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+         goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}%
+     \else
+       \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+         goto name{#1}%
+     \fi
+    }%
    \linkcolor
  \fi
  %
@@ -5530,24 +5817,6 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi

 }%end \catcode `\@=11

-% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
-% correspondingly.  There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
-% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
-%
-\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
-\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
-\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
-%
-\def\setleading#1{%
-  \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
-  \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
-  \normalbaselines
-  \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
-    \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
-                    depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
-  }%
-}
-
 % @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line.  It should
 % surround any changed text.  This approach does *not* work if the
 % change spans more than two lines of output.  To handle that, we would
@@ -5619,8 +5888,10 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % Arguments to @image:
 % #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
 % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
-% #4 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
-\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
+% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
+% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
+% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
+\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{%
  \ifpdf
    \centerline{\dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
  \else
@@ -5628,7 +5899,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
    \begingroup
-      \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
+      \catcode`\^^M = 5     % in case we're inside an example
+      \normalturnoffactive  % allow _ et al. in names
      % If the image is by itself, center it.
      \ifvmode
        \nobreak\bigskip
@@ -5714,8 +5986,9 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
 }

 % Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset;
-% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip.  Then whoever calls us can
-% set \parskip and call \setleading for \baselineskip.
+% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip.  We also call
+% \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define \textleading.
+% The caller should also set \parskip.
 %
 \def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
  \voffset = #3\relax
@@ -5736,14 +6009,25 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
  \normaloffset = #4\relax
  \bindingoffset = #5\relax
  %
+  \setleading{\textleading}
+  %
  \parindent = \defaultparindent
  \setemergencystretch
 }

+% Use `small' versions.
+% 
+\def\smallenvironments{%
+  \let\smalldisplay = \smalldisplayx
+  \let\smallexample = \smalllispx
+  \let\smallformat = \smallformatx
+  \let\smalllisp = \smalllispx
+}
+
 % @letterpaper (the default).
 \def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \setleading{13.2pt}%
+  \textleading = 13.2pt
  %
  % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
  \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
@@ -5752,7 +6036,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
 % Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format.
 \def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
-  \setleading{12pt}%
+  \textleading = 12pt
  %
  \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5.in}{\voffset}{.25in}{\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
  %
@@ -5762,17 +6046,13 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
  \deftypemargin = 0pt
  \defbodyindent = .5cm
-  %
-  \let\smalldisplay = \smalldisplayx
-  \let\smallexample = \smalllispx
-  \let\smallformat = \smallformatx
-  \let\smalllisp = \smalllispx
+  \smallenvironments
 }}

 % Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
 \def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \setleading{12pt}%
  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+  \textleading = 12pt
  %
  \internalpagesizes{53\baselineskip}{160mm}{\voffset}{4mm}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
  %
@@ -5780,23 +6060,39 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
  \hfuzz = 1pt
 }}

+% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
+% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
+% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
+\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
+  \textleading = 12.5pt
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{166mm}{120mm}{\voffset}{-8mm}{\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
+  %
+  \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
+  \tolerance = 800
+  \hfuzz = 1.2pt
+  \contentsrightmargin = 0mm
+  \deftypemargin = 0pt
+  \defbodyindent = 2mm
+  \tableindent = 12mm
+  %
+  \smallenvironments
+}}
+
 % A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.  Top margin
 % 29mm, hence bottom margin 28mm, nominal side margin 3cm.
 \def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \setleading{13.6pt}%
+  \textleading = 13.6pt
  %
  \afourpaper
  \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}{3.6mm}{3.6mm}{3mm}{7mm}%
-  %
-  \globaldefs = 0
 }}

 % Use @afourwide to print on European A4 paper in wide format.
 \def\afourwide{%
  \afourpaper
-  \internalpagesizes{9.5in}{6.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
-  %
-  \globaldefs = 0
+  \internalpagesizes{6.5in}{9.5in}{\hoffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
 }

 % @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
@@ -5810,7 +6106,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
  \globaldefs = 1
  %
  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \setleading{13.2pt}%
+  \setleading{\textleading}%
  %
  \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}{\voffset}{\normaloffset}{\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
 }}
--- a/doc/textutils.texi
+++ b/doc/textutils.texi
--- a/lib/.cppi-disable
+++ b/lib/.cppi-disable
@@ -6,4 +6,5 @@ getopt1.c
 md5.h
 obstack.h
 regex.h
+regex.c
 getpagesize.h
--- a/lib/.cvsignore
+++ b/lib/.cvsignore
@@ -1,10 +1,14 @@
 .deps
 Makefile
+charset.alias
 getdate.c
 getdate.tab.c
 lstat.c
+ref-add.sed
+ref-del.sed
 safe-lstat.c
 safe-lstat.h
 safe-stat.c
 safe-stat.h
 stat.c
+unlocked-io.h
--- a/lib/.gdb-history
+++ b/lib/.gdb-history
@@ -19,3 +19,211 @@ n
 p (he->h_addrtype)
 n
 q
+r a:b
+b main
+r a:b
+n
+s
+n
+p separator
+n
+l 128
+c
+q
+r meyering:store
+p *username
+p *username[separator - name]
+p separator - name
+p username[separator - name]
+r ''
+l
+q
+r ''
+l
+q
+r meyering
+b main
+r meyering
+n
+r
+n
+s
+n
+p u
+n
+n
+q
+r ''
+r meyering
+up
+l
+q
+b main
+b a.out 1
+r a.out 1
+n
+s
+fin
+s
+n
+p uid
+p gid
+p euid
+p egid
+n
+p mode
+p path
+fin
+r -v -c 10 -n 20 -x 80 < in-2
+up
+up
+p &dummy
+p *ovp
+p *(int*)*ovp
+p ((struct item*)*ovp)->key
+p old_vec@10
+r -v -c 10 -n 20 -x 80 < in-3
+p *(int*)*ovp
+up
+dow
+p *(int*)*ovp
+up
+p *(int*)*ovp
+i loca
+dow
+p key
+p dummy
+p &dummy
+up
+p old_vec
+p *ovp
+p ovp
+p ovp - old_vec
+p *old_vec@10
+p *old_vec@13
+b hash_insert_item
+r
+b hash_insert_item_at 
+r
+n
+p fail
+p *(ht->vec)@13
+p *(ht->ht_vec)@13
+p ((struct item*)(ht->ht_vec)[10])->key
+b hash_delete_item
+b hash_delete_item_at 
+c
+n
+p slot
+p item
+n
+n
+p *(ht->ht_vec)@13
+p &dummy
+p dummy
+n
+s
+n
+n
+p *(ht->ht_vec)@13
+n
+p new_size
+n
+p *old_vec@13
+p old_vec@13
+n
+p *old_vec@13
+n
+p *old_vec@13
+n
+l
+n
+p ovp - old_vec
+n
+p ovp - old_vec
+n
+p ovp - old_vec
+p *old_vec@13
+p &dummy
+q
+r 444444444444 44444444444
+b human_readable 
+r
+n
+q
+b main
+r 444444444444 44444444444
+n
+p a
+p b
+r 34343434 3434343434
+c
+r
+n
+n
+p a
+p b
+r 343434343 343434343
+c
+q
+b posixtime 
+r
+n
+s
+n
+p len
+n
+p pair
+p len
+n
+b year
+y
+c
+c
+p n
+up
+p len
+q
+complete b user
+complete b user
+complete b pars
+b parse_user_spec 
+r a.b
+n
+n
+p u
+n
+p u
+n
+r -r .aa > k
+pwd
+q
+b main
+r
+b get_date
+c
+n
+p tm
+n
+p tm
+n
+p pc
+n
+p tm
+n
+p tm
+n
+p delta
+n
+p Start
+q
+b dir_name
+r
+n
+p slash
+n
+n
+n
+p slash
+p slash - path + 1
+q
--- a/lib/ChangeLog
+++ b/lib/ChangeLog
--- a/lib/Makefile.am
+++ b/lib/Makefile.am
@@ -2,40 +2,179 @@

 AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ../src/ansi2knr

-noinst_LIBRARIES = libfu.a
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libfetish.a

 INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
+DEFS = -DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@

-libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.c getopt.c getopt1.c \
-addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
-closeout.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
-full-write.c human.c idcache.c \
-isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c hash.c path-concat.c \
-quotearg.c safe-read.c same.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c \
-version-etc.c xgetcwd.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c \
-xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c xstrtoumax.c yesno.c
+## Put relatively complex files at the beginning of the list so
+## that parallel compiles finish a tiny bit sooner.  I don't see
+## a way to make regex.c appear earlier in the list, since it's
+## added by automake, but on systems with an up to date GNU libc,
+## regex.c isn't even compiled.
+libfetish_a_SOURCES = \
+  getdate.h getdate.y \
+  posixtm.c posixtm.h \
+  strftime.c \
+  getopt.c getopt.h getopt1.c \
+  hash.c hash.h \
+  hash-pjw.c hash-pjw.h \
+  __fpending.h \
+  addext.c \
+  argmatch.c argmatch.h \
+  backupfile.c backupfile.h \
+  basename.c \
+  bumpalloc.h \
+  canon-host.c \
+  closeout.c closeout.h \
+  diacrit.c diacrit.h \
+  dirname.c dirname.h \
+  dirfd.h \
+  dup-safer.c \
+  exclude.c exclude.h \
+  filemode.c filemode.h \
+  fnmatch.h \
+  fopen-safer.c \
+  fsusage.h \
+  full-write.c full-write.h \
+  getline.h \
+  getpagesize.h \
+  getstr.c getstr.h \
+  getugroups.c \
+  group-member.h \
+  hard-locale.c hard-locale.h \
+  human.c human.h \
+  idcache.c \
+  isdir.c \
+  lchown.h \
+  linebuffer.c linebuffer.h \
+  localcharset.c \
+  long-options.c long-options.h \
+  makepath.c makepath.h \
+  mbswidth.c mbswidth.h \
+  md5.c md5.h \
+  memcasecmp.c memcasecmp.h \
+  memcoll.c memcoll.h \
+  modechange.c modechange.h \
+  mountlist.h \
+  nanosleep.h \
+  path-concat.c path-concat.h \
+  pathmax.h \
+  physmem.c physmem.h \
+  quote.c quote.h \
+  quotearg.c quotearg.h \
+  readtokens.c readtokens.h \
+  readutmp.h \
+  regex.h \
+  safe-read.c safe-read.h \
+  same.c same.h \
+  save-cwd.c save-cwd.h \
+  savedir.c savedir.h \
+  sha.c sha.h \
+  stdio-safer.h \
+  stripslash.c \
+  strverscmp.h \
+  unicodeio.c unicodeio.h \
+  unistd-safer.h \
+  userspec.c \
+  version-etc.c version-etc.h \
+  xalloc.h \
+  xgetcwd.c \
+  xgethostname.c \
+  xmalloc.c \
+  xreadlink.c xreadlink.h \
+  xstrdup.c \
+  xstrtod.c xstrtod.h \
+  xstrtol.c xstrtol.h \
+  xstrtoul.c \
+  xstrtoimax.c \
+  xstrtoumax.c \
+  yesno.c

-libfu_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
-libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
+libfetish_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+libfetish_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfetish_a_LIBADD)

-noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h closeout.h \
-dirname.h error.h exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
-getdate.h getline.h getopt.h getpagesize.h \
-group-member.h human.h lchown.h long-options.h \
-makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h hash.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
-posixtm.h quotearg.h regex.h safe-read.h same.h save-cwd.h \
-savedir.h strverscmp.h \
-version-etc.h xalloc.h xstrtol.h

-BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c lstat.c stat.c
+BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c lstat.c stat.c unlocked-io.h
 MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-DISTCLEANFILES = lstat.c stat.c
+DISTCLEANFILES = lstat.c stat.c unlocked-io.h

-EXTRA_DIST = xstat.in
+EXTRA_DIST = xstat.in config.charset ref-add.sin ref-del.sin gen-uio
 lstat.c: xstat.in
-	sed -e '/@IGNORE@/d' -e 's/@xstat@/lstat/g' $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
+	sed \
+	  -e '/@IGNORE@/d' \
+	  -e 's/@xstat@/lstat/g' \
+	  -e '/_LSTAT_ONLY@/d' \
+	  -e '/@BEGIN_STAT_ONLY@/,/@END_STAT_ONLY@/d' \
+	  $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
 	mv $@-t $@

 stat.c: xstat.in
-	sed -e '/@IGNORE@/d' -e 's/@xstat@/stat/g' $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
+	sed \
+	  -e '/@IGNORE@/d' \
+	  -e 's/@xstat@/stat/g' \
+	  -e '/_STAT_ONLY@/d' \
+	  -e '/@BEGIN_LSTAT_ONLY@/,/@END_LSTAT_ONLY@/d' \
+	  $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
 	mv $@-t $@
+
+Makefile: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+
+# The following is needed in order to install a simple file in $(libdir)
+# which is shared with other installed packages. We use a list of referencing
+# packages so that "make uninstall" will remove the file if and only if it
+# is not used by another installed package.
+# On systems with glibc-2.1 or newer, the file is redundant, therefore we
+# avoid installing it.
+
+all-local: charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed lstat.c stat.c unlocked-io.h
+
+charset_alias = $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias
+charset_tmp = $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.tmp
+install-exec-local: all-local
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
+	if test -f $(charset_alias); then \
+	  sed -f ref-add.sed $(charset_alias) > $(charset_tmp) ; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $(charset_tmp) $(charset_alias) ; \
+	  rm -f $(charset_tmp) ; \
+	else \
+	  if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
+	    sed -f ref-add.sed charset.alias > $(charset_tmp) ; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(charset_tmp) $(charset_alias) ; \
+	    rm -f $(charset_tmp) ; \
+	  fi ; \
+	fi
+
+uninstall-local: all-local
+	if test -f $(charset_alias); then \
+	  sed -f ref-del.sed $(charset_alias) > $(charset_tmp); \
+	  if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $(charset_tmp) \
+	      > /dev/null; then \
+	    rm -f $(charset_alias); \
+	  else \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(charset_tmp) $(charset_alias); \
+	  fi; \
+	  rm -f $(charset_tmp); \
+	fi
+
+charset.alias: config.charset
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
+	mv t-$@ $@
+
+SUFFIXES = .sed .sin
+.sin.sed:
+	sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
+
+CLEANFILES = charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+
+###############################################
+
+# FIXME: CAUTION this list is a duplicate of one in ../Makefile.cfg.
+io_functions = \
+  clearerr feof ferror fflush fgets fputc fputs \
+  fread fwrite getc getchar putc putchar
+
+unlocked-io.h: $(srcdir)/gen-uio Makefile.am
+	srcdir=$(srcdir) $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/gen-uio $(io_functions) > $@t
+	mv $@t $@
--- a/lib/Makefile.in
+++ b/lib/Makefile.in
--- a/lib/README
+++ b/lib/README
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+The files in this directory are shared between the fileutils, sh-utils,
+and textutils packages.  Not all files are used by each package.
+The autoconf tests required for these files are in ../m4.
+
+The library name, fetish, is a permutation of the first two
+letters of each of the package names: FIleutils, TExtutils, SH-utils.
--- a/lib/__fpending.c
+++ b/lib/__fpending.c
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* __fpending.c -- return the number of pending output bytes on a stream
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "__fpending.h"
+
+size_t
+__fpending (FILE *fp)
+{
+  return PENDING_OUTPUT_N_BYTES;
+}
--- a/lib/__fpending.h
+++ b/lib/__fpending.h
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL___FPENDING
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL___FPENDING
+size_t __fpending (FILE *);
+#endif
--- a/lib/addext.c
+++ b/lib/addext.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* addext.c -- add an extension to a file name
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -29,8 +29,6 @@
 # define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 0
 #endif

-#include <backupfile.h>
-
 #if HAVE_LIMITS_H
 # include <limits.h>
 #endif
@@ -49,7 +47,13 @@
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif

-char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#include "backupfile.h"
+#include "dirname.h"

 /* Append to FILENAME the extension EXT, unless the result would be too long,
   in which case just append the character E.  */
@@ -58,25 +62,30 @@ void
 addext (char *filename, char const *ext, int e)
 {
  char *s = base_name (filename);
-  size_t slen = strlen (s), extlen = strlen (ext);
-  long slen_max = -1;
+  size_t slen = base_len (s);
+  size_t extlen = strlen (ext);
+  size_t slen_max = HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES ? 255 : _POSIX_NAME_MAX;

 #if HAVE_PATHCONF && defined _PC_NAME_MAX
-  if (slen + extlen <= _POSIX_NAME_MAX && ! HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES)
-    /* The file name is so short there's no need to call pathconf.  */
-    slen_max = _POSIX_NAME_MAX;
-  else if (s == filename)
-    slen_max = pathconf (".", _PC_NAME_MAX);
-  else
+  if (_POSIX_NAME_MAX < slen + extlen || HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES)
    {
-      char c = *s;
-      *s = 0;
-      slen_max = pathconf (filename, _PC_NAME_MAX);
-      *s = c;
+      /* The new base name is long enough to require a pathconf check.  */
+      long name_max;
+      errno = 0;
+      if (s == filename)
+	name_max = pathconf (".", _PC_NAME_MAX);
+      else
+	{
+	  char c = *s;
+	  if (! ISSLASH (c))
+	    *s = 0;
+	  name_max = pathconf (filename, _PC_NAME_MAX);
+	  *s = c;
+	}
+      if (0 <= name_max || errno == 0)
+	slen_max = name_max == (size_t) name_max ? name_max : -1;
    }
 #endif
-  if (slen_max < 0)
-    slen_max = HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES ? 255 : 14;

  if (HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES && slen_max <= 12)
    {
--- a/lib/alloca.c
+++ b/lib/alloca.c
@@ -25,6 +25,13 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
 #ifdef emacs
 # include "blockinput.h"
 #endif
@@ -81,6 +88,7 @@ typedef char *pointer;
   Callers below should use malloc.  */

 #  ifndef emacs
+#   undef malloc
 #   define malloc xmalloc
 #  endif
 extern pointer malloc ();
@@ -161,7 +169,7 @@ static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */

 pointer
-alloca (unsigned size)
+alloca (size_t size)
 {
  auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
  register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
@@ -210,6 +218,9 @@ alloca (unsigned size)
    register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
    /* Address of header.  */

+    if (new == 0)
+      abort();
+
    ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
    ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;

--- a/lib/argmatch.c
+++ b/lib/argmatch.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -38,6 +38,8 @@

 #include "error.h"
 #include "quotearg.h"
+#include "quote.h"
+#include "unlocked-io.h"

 /* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
   by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE.  Do not use
@@ -156,10 +158,11 @@ void
 argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, int problem)
 {
  char const *format = (problem == -1
-			? _("invalid argument %s for `%s'")
-			: _("ambiguous argument %s for `%s'"));
+			? _("invalid argument %s for %s")
+			: _("ambiguous argument %s for %s"));

-  error (0, 0, format, quotearg_style (ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value), context);
+  error (0, 0, format, quotearg_n_style (0, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value),
+	 quote_n (1, context));
 }

 /* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
--- a/lib/argmatch.h
+++ b/lib/argmatch.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* argmatch.h -- definitions and prototypes for argmatch.c
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ const char *argmatch_to_argument
 	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));

 # define ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT(Value, Arglist, Vallist)			\
-  argmatch_to_argument ((char const *) &(Value), (Arglist), 		\
+  argmatch_to_argument ((Value), (Arglist), 		\
 		        (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))

 #endif /* ARGMATCH_H_ */
--- a/lib/atexit.c
+++ b/lib/atexit.c
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* Wrapper to implement ANSI C's atexit using SunOS's on_exit. */
+/* This function is in the public domain.  --Mike Stump. */
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+int
+atexit(f)
+     void (*f)();
+{
+  /* If the system doesn't provide a definition for atexit, use on_exit
+     if the system provides that.  */
+  on_exit (f, 0);
+  return 0;
+}
--- a/lib/backupfile.c
+++ b/lib/backupfile.c
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 /* backupfile.c -- make Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1990,91,92,93,94,95,96,97,98,99,2000, 2001 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,9 +24,6 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

-#include <argmatch.h>
-#include <backupfile.h>
-
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #if HAVE_STRING_H
@@ -58,17 +56,23 @@
 # define CLOSEDIR(d) closedir (d)
 #endif

-#if STDC_HEADERS
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
 # include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *malloc ();
 #endif

 #ifndef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_GETENV
 char *getenv ();
 #endif

-char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
+char *malloc ();
+#endif

 #if HAVE_DIRENT_H || HAVE_NDIR_H || HAVE_SYS_DIR_H || HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
 # define HAVE_DIR 1
@@ -103,6 +107,10 @@ char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
 # define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) 1
 #endif

+#include "argmatch.h"
+#include "backupfile.h"
+#include "dirname.h"
+
 /* The extension added to file names to produce a simple (as opposed
   to numbered) backup file name. */
 const char *simple_backup_suffix = "~";
@@ -129,29 +137,31 @@ find_backup_file_name (const char *file, enum backup_type backup_type)
  if (HAVE_DIR && backup_suffix_size_max < numbered_suffix_size_max)
    backup_suffix_size_max = numbered_suffix_size_max;

-  s = malloc (file_len + backup_suffix_size_max + numbered_suffix_size_max);
+  s = malloc (file_len + 1
+	      + backup_suffix_size_max + numbered_suffix_size_max);
  if (s)
    {
-      strcpy (s, file);
-
 #if HAVE_DIR
      if (backup_type != simple)
 	{
 	  int highest_backup;
-	  size_t dir_len = base_name (s) - s;
+	  size_t dirlen = dir_len (file);

-	  strcpy (s + dir_len, ".");
-	  highest_backup = max_backup_version (file + dir_len, s);
+	  memcpy (s, file, dirlen);
+	  if (dirlen == FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file))
+	    s[dirlen++] = '.';
+	  s[dirlen] = '\0';
+	  highest_backup = max_backup_version (base_name (file), s);
 	  if (! (backup_type == numbered_existing && highest_backup == 0))
 	    {
 	      char *numbered_suffix = s + (file_len + backup_suffix_size_max);
 	      sprintf (numbered_suffix, ".~%d~", highest_backup + 1);
 	      suffix = numbered_suffix;
 	    }
-	  strcpy (s, file);
 	}
 #endif /* HAVE_DIR */

+      strcpy (s, file);
      addext (s, suffix, '~');
    }
  return s;
@@ -178,7 +188,7 @@ max_backup_version (const char *file, const char *dir)
    return 0;

  highest_version = 0;
-  file_name_length = strlen (file);
+  file_name_length = base_len (file);

  while ((dp = readdir (dirp)) != 0)
    {
--- a/lib/basename.c
+++ b/lib/basename.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,47 +19,61 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

-#ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
-# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
 #endif
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifndef ISSLASH
-# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
-#endif
-
-char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *name));
+#include "dirname.h"

 /* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
   since it has different meanings in different environments.
   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
-   If NAME is all slashes, be sure to return `/'.  */
+
+   Return the address of the last file name component of NAME.  If
+   NAME has no file name components because it is all slashes, return
+   NAME if it is empty, the address of its last slash otherwise.  */

 char *
 base_name (char const *name)
 {
-  char const *base = name += FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
-  int all_slashes = 1;
+  char const *base = name + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
  char const *p;

-  for (p = name; *p; p++)
+  for (p = base; *p; p++)
    {
      if (ISSLASH (*p))
-	base = p + 1;
-      else
-	all_slashes = 0;
-    }
+	{
+	  /* Treat multiple adjacent slashes like a single slash.  */
+	  do p++;
+	  while (ISSLASH (*p));

-  /* If NAME is all slashes, arrange to return `/'.  */
-  if (*base == '\0' && ISSLASH (*name) && all_slashes)
-    --base;
+	  /* If the file name ends in slash, use the trailing slash as
+	     the basename if no non-slashes have been found.  */
+	  if (! *p)
+	    {
+	      if (ISSLASH (*base))
+		base = p - 1;
+	      break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* *P is a non-slash preceded by a slash.  */
+	  base = p;
+	}
+    }

  return (char *) base;
 }
+
+/* Return the length of of the basename NAME.  Typically NAME is the
+   value returned by base_name.  Act like strlen (NAME), except omit
+   redundant trailing slashes.  */
+
+size_t
+base_len (char const *name)
+{
+  size_t len;
+
+  for (len = strlen (name);  1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]);  len--)
+    continue;
+
+  return len;
+}
--- a/lib/bumpalloc.h
+++ b/lib/bumpalloc.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* BUMP_ALLOC macro - increase table allocation by one element.
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1993, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1993, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   François Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1990.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -25,8 +25,8 @@
 `-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

 /* Routines `xmalloc' and `xrealloc' are called to do the actual memory
-   management.  This implies that the program will abort with an `Memory
-   exhausted!' error if any problem arise.
+   management.  This implies that the program will abort with a "memory
+   exhausted" error if any problem arise.

   To work correctly, at least EXPONENT and TYPE should always be the
   same for all uses of this macro for any given TABLE.  A secure way to
--- a/lib/canon-host.c
+++ b/lib/canon-host.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Host name canonicalization

-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>

@@ -26,6 +26,9 @@
 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
 #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #endif
@@ -43,7 +46,9 @@
 # include <arpa/inet.h>
 #endif

-void free ();
+#ifndef strdup
+char *strdup ();
+#endif

 /* Returns the canonical hostname associated with HOST (allocated in a static
   buffer), or 0 if it can't be determined.  */
@@ -77,11 +82,12 @@ canon_host (const char *host)
 	     directly to gethostbyaddr because on some systems he->h_addr
 	     is located in a static library buffer that is reused in the
 	     gethostbyaddr call.  Make a copy and use that instead.  */
-	  char *h_addr_copy = strdup (he->h_addr);
+	  char *h_addr_copy = (char *) malloc (he->h_length);
 	  if (h_addr_copy == NULL)
 	    he = NULL;
 	  else
 	    {
+	      memcpy (h_addr_copy, he->h_addr, he->h_length);
 	      he = gethostbyaddr (h_addr_copy, he->h_length, he->h_addrtype);
 	      free (h_addr_copy);
 	    }
--- a/lib/closeout.c
+++ b/lib/closeout.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* closeout.c - close standard output
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -33,14 +33,38 @@
 # define EXIT_FAILURE 1
 #endif

+#include <stdio.h>
+
 #include <errno.h>
 #ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
 #endif

-#include <stdio.h>
 #include "closeout.h"
 #include "error.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+#include "unlocked-io.h"
+#include "__fpending.h"
+
+static int default_exit_status = EXIT_FAILURE;
+static const char *file_name;
+
+/* Set the value to be used for the exit status when close_stdout is called.
+   This is useful when it is not convenient to call close_stdout_status,
+   e.g., when close_stdout is called via atexit.  */
+void
+close_stdout_set_status (int status)
+{
+  default_exit_status = status;
+}
+
+/* Set the file name to be reported in the event an error is detected
+   by close_stdout_status.  */
+void
+close_stdout_set_file_name (const char *file)
+{
+  file_name = file;
+}

 /* Close standard output, exiting with status STATUS on failure.
   If a program writes *anything* to stdout, that program should `fflush'
@@ -64,18 +88,31 @@ extern int errno;
   It's important to detect such failures and exit nonzero because many
   tools (most notably `make' and other build-management systems) depend
   on being able to detect failure in other tools via their exit status.  */
+
 void
 close_stdout_status (int status)
 {
-  if (ferror (stdout))
-    error (status, 0, _("write error"));
+  int e = ferror (stdout) ? 0 : -1;
+
+  if (__fpending (stdout) == 0)
+    return;
+
  if (fclose (stdout) != 0)
-    error (status, errno, _("write error"));
+    e = errno;
+
+  if (0 <= e)
+    {
+      char const *write_error = _("write error");
+      if (file_name)
+	error (status, e, "%s: %s", quotearg_colon (file_name), write_error);
+      else
+	error (status, e, "%s", write_error);
+    }
 }

 /* Close standard output, exiting with status EXIT_FAILURE on failure.  */
 void
 close_stdout (void)
 {
-  close_stdout_status (EXIT_FAILURE);
+  close_stdout_status (default_exit_status);
 }
--- a/lib/closeout.h
+++ b/lib/closeout.h
@@ -1,10 +1,17 @@
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
+#ifndef CLOSEOUT_H
+# define CLOSEOUT_H 1

+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+void close_stdout_set_status PARAMS ((int status));
+void close_stdout_set_file_name PARAMS ((const char *file));
 void close_stdout PARAMS ((void));
 void close_stdout_status PARAMS ((int status));
+
+#endif
--- a/lib/config.charset
+++ b/lib/config.charset
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# The table consists of lines of the form
+#    ALIAS  CANONICAL
+#
+# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
+# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
+#
+# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
+# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
+# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
+# MIME charset name is preferred.
+# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
+#
+#       name                         used by which systems         a MIME name?
+#   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968     glibc solaris freebsd
+#   ISO-8859-1                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-2                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-3                glibc                                     yes
+#   ISO-8859-4                osf solaris freebsd                       yes
+#   ISO-8859-5                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-6                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
+#   ISO-8859-7                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-8                glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
+#   ISO-8859-9                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-13               glibc
+#   ISO-8859-15               glibc aix osf solaris freebsd
+#   KOI8-R                    glibc solaris freebsd                     yes
+#   KOI8-U                    glibc freebsd                             yes
+#   CP437                     dos
+#   CP775                     dos
+#   CP850                     aix osf dos
+#   CP852                     dos
+#   CP855                     dos
+#   CP856                     aix
+#   CP857                     dos
+#   CP861                     dos
+#   CP862                     dos
+#   CP864                     dos
+#   CP865                     dos
+#   CP866                     freebsd dos
+#   CP869                     dos
+#   CP874                     win32 dos
+#   CP922                     aix
+#   CP932                     aix win32 dos
+#   CP943                     aix
+#   CP949                     osf win32 dos
+#   CP950                     win32 dos
+#   CP1046                    aix
+#   CP1124                    aix
+#   CP1129                    aix
+#   CP1250                    win32
+#   CP1251                    glibc win32
+#   CP1252                    aix win32
+#   CP1253                    win32
+#   CP1254                    win32
+#   CP1255                    win32
+#   CP1256                    win32
+#   CP1257                    win32
+#   GB2312                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd       yes
+#   EUC-JP                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   EUC-KR                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   EUC-TW                    glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris
+#   BIG5                      glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd        yes
+#   BIG5-HKSCS                glibc
+#   GBK                       aix osf win32 dos
+#   GB18030                   glibc
+#   SHIFT_JIS                 hpux osf solaris freebsd                  yes
+#   JOHAB                     glibc win32
+#   TIS-620                   glibc aix hpux osf solaris
+#   VISCII                    glibc                                     yes
+#   HP-ROMAN8                 hpux
+#   HP-ARABIC8                hpux
+#   HP-GREEK8                 hpux
+#   HP-HEBREW8                hpux
+#   HP-TURKISH8               hpux
+#   HP-KANA8                  hpux
+#   DEC-KANJI                 osf
+#   DEC-HANYU                 osf
+#   UTF-8                     glibc aix hpux osf solaris                yes
+#
+# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
+# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
+#
+# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
+# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+
+host="$1"
+os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
+echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
+echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
+# List of references, updated during installation:
+echo "# Packages using this file: "
+case "$os" in
+    linux* | *-gnu*)
+	# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
+	# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
+	# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
+	# need to install the alias file at all.
+	# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
+	echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
+	;;
+    aix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "IBM-850 CP850"
+	echo "IBM-856 CP856"
+	echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
+	echo "IBM-922 CP922"
+	echo "IBM-932 CP932"
+	echo "IBM-943 CP943"
+	echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
+	echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
+	echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
+	echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
+	echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    hpux*)
+	echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
+	echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
+	echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
+	echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
+	echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
+	echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
+	echo "tis620 TIS-620"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "hp15CN GB2312"
+	#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
+	echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "utf8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    irix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	;;
+    osf*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "cp850 CP850"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
+	echo "dechanzi GB2312"
+	echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
+	echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "KSC5601 CP949"
+	echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
+	echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    solaris*)
+	echo "646 ASCII"
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
+	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "gb2312 GB2312"
+	echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
+	echo "5601 EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
+	#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    freebsd*)
+	# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
+	for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
+	  echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
+	done
+	for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
+	         fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
+	         lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	  echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	done
+	for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	done
+	for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	done
+	for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
+	  echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	  echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
+	done
+	echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
+	echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
+	echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
+	echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
+	;;
+    beos*)
+	# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
+	echo "* UTF-8"
+	;;
+    msdosdjgpp*)
+	# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "#"
+	echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
+	echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
+	echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
+	echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
+	echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>"
+	echo "# and Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>."
+	echo "#"
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	# ISO-8859-1 languages
+	echo "ca CP850"
+	echo "ca_ES CP850"
+	echo "da CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "de CP850"
+	echo "de_AT CP850"
+	echo "de_CH CP850"
+	echo "de_DE CP850"
+	echo "en CP850"
+	echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "en_CA CP850"
+	echo "en_GB CP850"
+	echo "en_NZ CP437"
+	echo "en_US CP437"
+	echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "es CP850"
+	echo "es_AR CP850"
+	echo "es_BO CP850"
+	echo "es_CL CP850"
+	echo "es_CO CP850"
+	echo "es_CR CP850"
+	echo "es_CU CP850"
+	echo "es_DO CP850"
+	echo "es_EC CP850"
+	echo "es_ES CP850"
+	echo "es_GT CP850"
+	echo "es_HN CP850"
+	echo "es_MX CP850"
+	echo "es_NI CP850"
+	echo "es_PA CP850"
+	echo "es_PY CP850"
+	echo "es_PE CP850"
+	echo "es_SV CP850"
+	echo "es_UY CP850"
+	echo "es_VE CP850"
+	echo "et CP850"
+	echo "et_EE CP850"
+	echo "eu CP850"
+	echo "eu_ES CP850"
+	echo "fi CP850"
+	echo "fi_FI CP850"
+	echo "fr CP850"
+	echo "fr_BE CP850"
+	echo "fr_CA CP850"
+	echo "fr_CH CP850"
+	echo "fr_FR CP850"
+	echo "ga CP850"
+	echo "ga_IE CP850"
+	echo "gd CP850"
+	echo "gd_GB CP850"
+	echo "gl CP850"
+	echo "gl_ES CP850"
+	echo "id CP850"    # not CP437 ??
+	echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "is CP861"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "it CP850"
+	echo "it_CH CP850"
+	echo "it_IT CP850"
+	echo "lt CP775"
+	echo "lt_LT CP775"
+	echo "lv CP775"
+	echo "lv_LV CP775"
+	echo "nb CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nl CP850"
+	echo "nl_BE CP850"
+	echo "nl_NL CP850"
+	echo "nn CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "pt CP850"
+	echo "pt_BR CP850"
+	echo "pt_PT CP850"
+	echo "sv CP850"
+	echo "sv_SE CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-2 languages
+	echo "cs CP852"
+	echo "cs_CZ CP852"
+	echo "hr CP852"
+	echo "hr_HR CP852"
+	echo "hu CP852"
+	echo "hu_HU CP852"
+	echo "pl CP852"
+	echo "pl_PL CP852"
+	echo "ro CP852"
+	echo "ro_RO CP852"
+	echo "sk CP852"
+	echo "sk_SK CP852"
+	echo "sl CP852"
+	echo "sl_SI CP852"
+	echo "sq CP852"
+	echo "sq_AL CP852"
+	echo "sr CP852"    # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	# ISO-8859-3 languages
+	echo "mt CP850"
+	echo "mt_MT CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-5 languages
+	echo "be CP866"
+	echo "be_BE CP866"
+	echo "bg CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "ru KOI8-R"    # not CP866 ??
+	echo "ru_RU KOI8-R" # not CP866 ??
+	# ISO-8859-6 languages
+	echo "ar CP864"
+	echo "ar_AE CP864"
+	echo "ar_DZ CP864"
+	echo "ar_EG CP864"
+	echo "ar_IQ CP864"
+	echo "ar_IR CP864"
+	echo "ar_JO CP864"
+	echo "ar_KW CP864"
+	echo "ar_MA CP864"
+	echo "ar_OM CP864"
+	echo "ar_QA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SY CP864"
+	# ISO-8859-7 languages
+	echo "el CP869"
+	echo "el_GR CP869"
+	# ISO-8859-8 languages
+	echo "he CP862"
+	echo "he_IL CP862"
+	# ISO-8859-9 languages
+	echo "tr CP857"
+	echo "tr_TR CP857"
+	# Japanese
+	echo "ja CP932"
+	echo "ja_JP CP932"
+	# Chinese
+	echo "zh_CN GBK"
+	echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
+	# Korean
+	echo "kr CP949"    # not CP934 ??
+	echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
+	# Thai
+	echo "th CP874"
+	echo "th_TH CP874"
+	# Other
+	echo "eo CP850"
+	echo "eo_EO CP850"
+	;;
+esac
--- a/lib/diacrit.c
+++ b/lib/diacrit.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Diacritics processing for a few character codes.
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   François Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1988.

   All this file is a temporary hack, waiting for locales in GNU.
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ const char diacrit_base[256] =
  'p',    'q',    'r',    's',    't',    'u',    'v',    'w',
  'x',    'y',    'z',    0,      0,      0,      0,      0,

-#ifdef MSDOS
+#ifdef __MSDOS__

  'C',    'u',    'e',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'c',
  'e',    'e',    'e',    'i',    'i',    'i',    'A',    'A',
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ const char diacrit_base[256] =
  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,

-#else /* not MSDOS */
+#else

  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ const char diacrit_base[256] =
  0,      'n',    'o',    'o',    'o',    'o',    'o',    0,
  'o',    'u',    'u',    'u',    'u',    'y',    0,      'y',

-#endif /* not MSDOS */
+#endif
 };

 /*------------------------------------------------------------------------.
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ const char diacrit_diac[256] =
  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      6,      0,

-#ifdef MSDOS
+#ifdef __MSDOS__

  7,      5,      2,      4,      5,      3,      8,      7,
  4,      5,      3,      5,      4,      3,      5,      8,
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ const char diacrit_diac[256] =
  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,

-#else /* not MSDOS */
+#else

  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
@@ -144,5 +144,5 @@ const char diacrit_diac[256] =
  0,      6,      3,      2,      4,      6,      5,      0,
  9,      3,      2,      4,      5,      2,      0,      0,

-#endif /* not MSDOS */
+#endif
 };
--- a/lib/diacrit.h
+++ b/lib/diacrit.h
@@ -13,4 +13,3 @@ extern const char diacrit_diac[]; /* diacritic code for each character */

 /* Returns a diacritic code for CHAR.  CHAR is known to be alphabetic.  */
 #define todiac(Char) (diacrit_diac[(unsigned char) (Char)])
-
--- a/lib/dirfd.c
+++ b/lib/dirfd.c
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* dirfd.c -- return the file descriptor associated with an open DIR*
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "dirfd.h"
+
+int
+dirfd (DIR const *dir_p)
+{
+  return DIR_TO_FD (dir_p);
+}
--- a/lib/dirfd.h
+++ b/lib/dirfd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
+# include <dirent.h>
+#else /* not HAVE_DIRENT_H */
+# define dirent direct
+# if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+#  include <sys/ndir.h>
+# endif /* HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H */
+# if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
+#  include <sys/dir.h>
+# endif /* HAVE_SYS_DIR_H */
+# if HAVE_NDIR_H
+#  include <ndir.h>
+# endif /* HAVE_NDIR_H */
+#endif /* HAVE_DIRENT_H */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_DIRFD
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_DIRFD
+int dirfd (DIR const *);
+#endif
--- a/lib/dirname.c
+++ b/lib/dirname.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1990, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -19,53 +19,87 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *malloc ();
-#endif
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STRING_H
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-# ifndef strrchr
-#  define strrchr rindex
-# endif
 #endif

 #include "dirname.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* Return the length of `dirname (PATH)', or zero if PATH is
+   in the working directory.  Works properly even if
+   there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+size_t
+dir_len (char const *path)
+{
+  size_t prefix_length = FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
+  size_t length;
+
+  /* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it.  */
+  for (length = base_name (path) - path;  prefix_length < length;  length--)
+    if (! ISSLASH (path[length - 1]))
+      return length;
+
+  /* But don't strip the only slash from "/".  */
+  return prefix_length + ISSLASH (path[prefix_length]);
+}

 /* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
-   allocated with malloc.  If out of memory, return 0.
-   Assumes that trailing slashes have already been
-   removed.  */
+   allocated with xmalloc.
+   Works properly even if there are trailing slashes
+   (by effectively ignoring them).  */

 char *
-dir_name (const char *path)
+dir_name (char const *path)
 {
-  char *newpath;
-  char *slash;
-  int length;			/* Length of result, not including NUL.  */
-
-  slash = strrchr (path, '/');
-  if (slash == 0)
-    {
-      /* File is in the current directory.  */
-      path = ".";
-      length = 1;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* Remove any trailing slashes from the result.  */
-      while (slash > path && *slash == '/')
-	--slash;
-
-      length = slash - path + 1;
-    }
-  newpath = (char *) malloc (length + 1);
-  if (newpath == 0)
-    return 0;
-  strncpy (newpath, path, length);
+  size_t length = dir_len (path);
+  int append_dot = (length == FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path));
+  char *newpath = xmalloc (length + append_dot + 1);
+  memcpy (newpath, path, length);
+  if (append_dot)
+    newpath[length++] = '.';
  newpath[length] = 0;
  return newpath;
 }
+
+#ifdef TEST_DIRNAME
+/*
+
+Run the test like this (expect no output):
+  gcc -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTEST_DIRNAME -I.. -O -Wall \
+     basename.c dirname.c xmalloc.c
+  sed -n '/^BEGIN-DATA$/,/^END-DATA$/p' dirname.c|grep -v DATA|./a.out
+
+BEGIN-DATA
+foo//// .
+bar/foo//// bar
+foo/ .
+/ /
+. .
+a .
+END-DATA
+
+*/
+
+# define MAX_BUFF_LEN 1024
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  char buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN + 1];
+
+  buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN] = 0;
+  while (fgets (buff, MAX_BUFF_LEN, stdin) && buff[0])
+    {
+      char path[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char expected_result[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char const *result;
+      sscanf (buff, "%s %s", path, expected_result);
+      result = dir_name (path);
+      if (strcmp (result, expected_result))
+	printf ("%s: got %s, expected %s\n", path, result, expected_result);
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif
--- a/lib/dirname.h
+++ b/lib/dirname.h
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*  Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/*  Copyright (C) 1998, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,7 +25,23 @@
 #  endif
 # endif

-char *
-dir_name PARAMS ((const char *path));
+# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+#  define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+# endif
+
+# ifndef ISSLASH
+#  define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+# endif
+
+# ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
+#  define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+# endif
+
+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *path));
+char *dir_name PARAMS ((char const *path));
+size_t base_len PARAMS ((char const *path));
+size_t dir_len PARAMS ((char const *path));
+
+int strip_trailing_slashes PARAMS ((char *path));

 #endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */
--- a/lib/dup-safer.c
+++ b/lib/dup-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/* Invoke dup, but avoid some glitches.
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
+# include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
+# define STDERR_FILENO 2
+#endif
+
+#include <unistd-safer.h>
+
+/* Like dup, but do not return STDIN_FILENO, STDOUT_FILENO, or
+   STDERR_FILENO.  */
+
+int
+dup_safer (int fd)
+{
+#ifdef F_DUPFD
+  return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, STDERR_FILENO + 1);
+#else
+  int f = dup (fd);
+  if (0 <= f && f <= STDERR_FILENO)
+    {
+      int f1 = dup_safer (f);
+      int e = errno;
+      close (f);
+      errno = e;
+      f = f1;
+    }
+  return f;
+#endif
+}
--- a/lib/error.c
+++ b/lib/error.c
@@ -1,23 +1,22 @@
 /* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
-   Copyright (C) 1990,91,92,93,94,95,96,97,98, 99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.

   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */

 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */

@@ -26,6 +25,13 @@
 #endif

 #include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+# include <libintl.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <wchar.h>
+# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
+#endif

 #if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
 # if __STDC__
@@ -48,6 +54,7 @@ void exit ();
 #endif

 #include "error.h"
+#include "unlocked-io.h"

 #ifndef _
 # define _(String) String
@@ -73,26 +80,46 @@ unsigned int error_message_count;

 /* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
   Instead make it a weak alias.  */
+extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
+			     unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
+			     ...)
+     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));;
 # define error __error
 # define error_at_line __error_at_line

+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+#  include <libio/iolibio.h>
+#  define fflush(s) _IO_fflush (s)
+# endif
+
 #else /* not _LIBC */

+# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
+#  ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#  endif
+char *strerror_r ();
+# endif
+
 /* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
   name of the executing program.  */
 extern char *program_name;

-# ifdef HAVE_STRERROR_R
+# if HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
 #  define __strerror_r strerror_r
 # else
 #  if HAVE_STRERROR
-#   ifndef strerror		/* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
+#   ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#   endif
+#   if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
 char *strerror ();
 #   endif
 #  else
 static char *
-private_strerror (errnum)
-     int errnum;
+private_strerror (int errnum)
 {
  extern char *sys_errlist[];
  extern int sys_nerr;
@@ -103,15 +130,118 @@ private_strerror (errnum)
 }
 #   define strerror private_strerror
 #  endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
-# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR_R */
+# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
 #endif	/* not _LIBC */

+static void
+print_errno_message (int errnum)
+{
+  char const *s;
+
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
+  char errbuf[1024];
+# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P || _LIBC
+  s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
+# else
+  if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0)
+    s = errbuf;
+  else
+    s = 0;
+# endif
+#else
+  s = strerror (errnum);
+#endif
+
+#if !_LIBC
+  if (! s)
+    s = _("Unknown system error");
+#endif
+
+#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    {
+      __fwprintf (stderr, L": %s", s);
+      return;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
+}
+
+#ifdef VA_START
+static void
+error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
+{
+# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
+#  if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    {
+#   define ALLOCA_LIMIT	2000
+      size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
+      wchar_t *wmessage = NULL;
+      mbstate_t st;
+      size_t res;
+      const char *tmp;
+
+      do
+	{
+	  if (len < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
+	    wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (wmessage != NULL && len / 2 < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
+		wmessage = NULL;
+
+	      wmessage = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
+					      len * sizeof (wchar_t));
+
+	      if (wmessage == NULL)
+		{
+		  fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
+		  return;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
+	  tmp =message;
+	}
+      while ((res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st)) == len);
+
+      if (res == (size_t) -1)
+	/* The string cannot be converted.  */
+	wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
+
+      __vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
+    }
+  else
+#  endif
+    vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
+# else
+  _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
+# endif
+  va_end (args);
+
+  ++error_message_count;
+  if (errnum)
+    print_errno_message (errnum);
+# if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+    putwc (L'\n', stderr);
+  else
+# endif
+    putc ('\n', stderr);
+  fflush (stderr);
+  if (status)
+    exit (status);
+}
+#endif
+
+
 /* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
   format string with optional args.
   If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
   Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero.  */
 /* VARARGS */
-
 void
 #if defined VA_START && __STDC__
 error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
@@ -127,43 +257,48 @@ error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
  va_list args;
 #endif

+  fflush (stdout);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+# else
+  __flockfile (stderr);
+# endif
+#endif
  if (error_print_progname)
    (*error_print_progname) ();
  else
    {
-      fflush (stdout);
-      fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
+      else
+#endif
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
    }

 #ifdef VA_START
  VA_START (args, message);
-# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
-  vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
-# else
-  _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
-# endif
-  va_end (args);
+  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
 #else
  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
-#endif

  ++error_message_count;
  if (errnum)
-    {
-#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC
-      char errbuf[1024];
-      /* Don't use __strerror_r's return value because on some systems
-	 (at least DEC UNIX 4.0[A-D]) strerror_r returns `int'.  */
-      __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
-      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", errbuf);
-#else
-      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
-#endif
-    }
+    print_errno_message (errnum);
  putc ('\n', stderr);
  fflush (stderr);
  if (status)
    exit (status);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+# else
+  __funlockfile (stderr);
+# endif
+#endif
 }

 /* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
@@ -193,8 +328,9 @@ error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
      static const char *old_file_name;
      static unsigned int old_line_number;

-      if (old_line_number == line_number &&
-	  (file_name == old_file_name || !strcmp (old_file_name, file_name)))
+      if (old_line_number == line_number
+	  && (file_name == old_file_name
+	      || strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
 	/* Simply return and print nothing.  */
 	return;

@@ -202,46 +338,58 @@ error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
      old_line_number = line_number;
    }

+  fflush (stdout);
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
+# else
+  __flockfile (stderr);
+# endif
+#endif
  if (error_print_progname)
    (*error_print_progname) ();
  else
    {
-      fflush (stdout);
-      fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
+#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
+      else
+#endif
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
    }

  if (file_name != NULL)
-    fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
+    {
+#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
+      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
+	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
+      else
+#endif
+	fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
+    }

 #ifdef VA_START
  VA_START (args, message);
-# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
-  vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
-# else
-  _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
-# endif
-  va_end (args);
+  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
 #else
  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
-#endif

  ++error_message_count;
  if (errnum)
-    {
-#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined _LIBC
-      char errbuf[1024];
-      /* Don't use __strerror_r's return value because on some systems
-	 (at least DEC UNIX 4.0[A-D]) strerror_r returns `int'.  */
-      __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
-      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", errbuf);
-#else
-      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
-#endif
-    }
+    print_errno_message (errnum);
  putc ('\n', stderr);
  fflush (stderr);
  if (status)
    exit (status);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
+# else
+  __funlockfile (stderr);
+# endif
+#endif
 }

 #ifdef _LIBC
--- a/lib/error.h
+++ b/lib/error.h
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@

 #ifndef __attribute__
 /* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
-# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5)
 #  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
 # endif
 /* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
--- a/lib/euidaccess.c
+++ b/lib/euidaccess.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* euidaccess -- check if effective user id can access file
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1995, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1995, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 This file is part of the GNU C Library.

@@ -66,6 +66,9 @@ gid_t getegid ();
 #ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
 #endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
+#endif

 #if defined(EACCES) && !defined(EACCESS)
 # define EACCESS EACCES
@@ -93,6 +96,7 @@ extern int errno;
 #ifdef _LIBC

 # define group_member __group_member
+# define euidaccess __euidaccess

 #else

@@ -102,15 +106,6 @@ static uid_t uid;
 /* The user's real group id. */
 static gid_t gid;

-/* The user's effective user id. */
-static uid_t euid;
-
-/* The user's effective group id. */
-static gid_t egid;
-
-/* Nonzero if UID, GID, EUID, and EGID have valid values. */
-static int have_ids = 0;
-
 # if HAVE_GETGROUPS
 int group_member ();
 # else
@@ -119,6 +114,15 @@ int group_member ();

 #endif

+/* The user's effective user id. */
+static uid_t euid;
+
+/* The user's effective group id. */
+static gid_t egid;
+
+/* Nonzero if UID, GID, EUID, and EGID have valid values. */
+static int have_ids;
+

 /* Return 0 if the user has permission of type MODE on file PATH;
   otherwise, return -1 and set `errno' to EACCESS.
@@ -133,8 +137,9 @@ euidaccess (const char *path, int mode)
  int granted;

 #ifdef	_LIBC
-  uid_t uid = getuid (), euid = geteuid ();
-  gid_t gid = getgid (), egid = getegid ();
+  if (! __libc_enable_secure)
+    /* If we are not set-uid or set-gid, access does the same.  */
+    return __access (path, mode);
 #else
  if (have_ids == 0)
    {
@@ -144,11 +149,11 @@ euidaccess (const char *path, int mode)
      euid = geteuid ();
      egid = getegid ();
    }
-#endif

  if (uid == euid && gid == egid)
    /* If we are not set-uid or set-gid, access does the same.  */
    return access (path, mode);
+#endif

  if (stat (path, &stats))
    return -1;
@@ -161,6 +166,16 @@ euidaccess (const char *path, int mode)
  if (mode == F_OK)
    return 0;			/* The file exists. */

+#ifdef	_LIBC
+  /* Now we need the IDs.  */
+  if (have_ids == 0)
+    {
+      have_ids = 1;
+      euid = __geteuid ();
+      egid = __getegid ();
+    }
+#endif
+
  /* The super-user can read and write any file, and execute any file
     that anyone can execute. */
  if (euid == 0 && ((mode & X_OK) == 0
@@ -175,6 +190,40 @@ euidaccess (const char *path, int mode)
    granted = (stats.st_mode & mode);
  if (granted == mode)
    return 0;
-  errno = EACCESS;
+  __set_errno (EACCESS);
  return -1;
 }
+#undef euidaccess
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__euidaccess, euidaccess)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TEST
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <errno.h>
+# include "error.h"
+
+char *program_name;
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  char *file;
+  int mode;
+  int err;
+
+  program_name = argv[0];
+  if (argc < 3)
+    abort ();
+  file = argv[1];
+  mode = atoi (argv[2]);
+
+  err = euidaccess (file, mode);
+  printf ("%d\n", err);
+  if (err != 0)
+    error (0, errno, "%s", file);
+  exit (0);
+}
+#endif
--- a/lib/exclude.c
+++ b/lib/exclude.c
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
 /* exclude.c -- exclude file names
-   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,72 +24,206 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

+#if HAVE_STDBOOL_H
+# include <stdbool.h>
+#else
+typedef enum {false = 0, true = 1} bool;
+#endif
+
 #include <errno.h>
 #ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
 #endif
-#include <exclude.h>
-#include <fnmatch.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
+#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STRINGS_H
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_STDINT_H
+#  include <stdint.h>
+# endif
+#endif

-void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t));
-void *xrealloc PARAMS ((void *, size_t));
+#include "exclude.h"
+#include "fnmatch.h"
+#include "unlocked-io.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"

-/* Keep track of excluded file name patterns.  */
+#ifndef SIZE_MAX
+# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
+#endif
+
+/* Verify a requirement at compile-time (unlike assert, which is runtime).  */
+#define verify(name, assertion) struct name { char a[(assertion) ? 1 : -1]; }
+
+verify (EXCLUDE_macros_do_not_collide_with_FNM_macros,
+	(((EXCLUDE_ANCHORED | EXCLUDE_INCLUDE | EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS)
+	  & (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_NOESCAPE | FNM_PERIOD | FNM_LEADING_DIR
+	     | FNM_CASEFOLD))
+	 == 0));
+
+/* An exclude pattern-options pair.  The options are fnmatch options
+   ORed with EXCLUDE_* options.  */
+
+struct patopts
+  {
+    char const *pattern;
+    int options;
+  };
+
+/* An exclude list, of pattern-options pairs.  */

 struct exclude
  {
-    char const **exclude;
-    int exclude_alloc;
-    int exclude_count;
+    struct patopts *exclude;
+    size_t exclude_alloc;
+    size_t exclude_count;
  };

+/* Return a newly allocated and empty exclude list.  */
+
 struct exclude *
 new_exclude (void)
 {
-  struct exclude *ex = (struct exclude *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct exclude));
+  struct exclude *ex = (struct exclude *) xmalloc (sizeof *ex);
  ex->exclude_count = 0;
-  ex->exclude_alloc = 64;
-  ex->exclude = (char const **) xmalloc (ex->exclude_alloc * sizeof (char *));
+  ex->exclude_alloc = (1 << 6); /* This must be a power of 2.  */
+  ex->exclude = (struct patopts *) xmalloc (ex->exclude_alloc
+					    * sizeof ex->exclude[0]);
  return ex;
 }

-int
-excluded_filename (struct exclude const *ex, char const *f)
-{
-  char const * const *exclude = ex->exclude;
-  int exclude_count = ex->exclude_count;
-  int i;
-
-  for (i = 0;  i < exclude_count;  i++)
-    if (fnmatch (exclude[i], f, 0) == 0)
-      return 1;
-
-  return 0;
-}
+/* Free the storage associated with an exclude list.  */

 void
-add_exclude (struct exclude *ex, char const *pattern)
+free_exclude (struct exclude *ex)
 {
-  if (ex->exclude_alloc <= ex->exclude_count)
-    ex->exclude = (char const **) xrealloc (ex->exclude,
-					    ((ex->exclude_alloc *= 2)
-					     * sizeof (char *)));
-
-  ex->exclude[ex->exclude_count++] = pattern;
+  free (ex->exclude);
+  free (ex);
 }

-int
-add_exclude_file (struct exclude *ex, char const *filename, char line_end)
+/* Return zero if PATTERN matches F, obeying OPTIONS, except that
+   (unlike fnmatch) wildcards are disabled in PATTERN.  */
+
+static int
+fnmatch_no_wildcards (char const *pattern, char const *f, int options)
 {
-  int use_stdin = filename[0] == '-' && !filename[1];
+  if (! (options & FNM_LEADING_DIR))
+    return ((options & FNM_CASEFOLD)
+	    ? strcasecmp (pattern, f)
+	    : strcmp (pattern, f));
+  else
+    {
+      size_t patlen = strlen (pattern);
+      int r = ((options & FNM_CASEFOLD)
+		? strncasecmp (pattern, f, patlen)
+		: strncmp (pattern, f, patlen));
+      if (! r)
+	{
+	  r = f[patlen];
+	  if (r == '/')
+	    r = 0;
+	}
+      return r;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Return true if EX excludes F.  */
+
+bool
+excluded_filename (struct exclude const *ex, char const *f)
+{
+  size_t exclude_count = ex->exclude_count;
+
+  /* If no options are given, the default is to include.  */
+  if (exclude_count == 0)
+    return false;
+  else
+    {
+      struct patopts const *exclude = ex->exclude;
+      size_t i;
+
+      /* Otherwise, the default is the opposite of the first option.  */
+      bool excluded = !! (exclude[0].options & EXCLUDE_INCLUDE);
+
+      /* Scan through the options, seeing whether they change F from
+	 excluded to included or vice versa.  */
+      for (i = 0;  i < exclude_count;  i++)
+	{
+	  char const *pattern = exclude[i].pattern;
+	  int options = exclude[i].options;
+	  if (excluded == !! (options & EXCLUDE_INCLUDE))
+	    {
+	      int (*matcher) PARAMS ((char const *, char const *, int)) =
+		(options & EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS
+		 ? fnmatch
+		 : fnmatch_no_wildcards);
+	      bool matched = ((*matcher) (pattern, f, options) == 0);
+	      char const *p;
+
+	      if (! (options & EXCLUDE_ANCHORED))
+		for (p = f; *p && ! matched; p++)
+		  if (*p == '/' && p[1] != '/')
+		    matched = ((*matcher) (pattern, p + 1, options) == 0);
+
+	      excluded ^= matched;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      return excluded;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Append to EX the exclusion PATTERN with OPTIONS.  */
+
+void
+add_exclude (struct exclude *ex, char const *pattern, int options)
+{
+  struct patopts *patopts;
+
+  if (ex->exclude_alloc <= ex->exclude_count)
+    {
+      size_t s = 2 * ex->exclude_alloc;
+      if (! (0 < s && s <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof ex->exclude[0]))
+	xalloc_die ();
+      ex->exclude_alloc = s;
+      ex->exclude = (struct patopts *) xrealloc (ex->exclude,
+						 s * sizeof ex->exclude[0]);
+    }
+
+  patopts = &ex->exclude[ex->exclude_count++];
+  patopts->pattern = pattern;
+  patopts->options = options;
+}
+
+/* Use ADD_FUNC to append to EX the patterns in FILENAME, each with
+   OPTIONS.  LINE_END terminates each pattern in the file.  Return -1
+   on failure, 0 on success.  */
+
+int
+add_exclude_file (void (*add_func) PARAMS ((struct exclude *,
+					    char const *, int)),
+		  struct exclude *ex, char const *filename, int options,
+		  char line_end)
+{
+  bool use_stdin = filename[0] == '-' && !filename[1];
  FILE *in;
  char *buf;
  char *p;
  char const *pattern;
  char const *lim;
-  size_t buf_alloc = 1024;
+  size_t buf_alloc = (1 << 10);  /* This must be a power of two.  */
  size_t buf_count = 0;
  int c;
  int e = 0;
@@ -103,22 +239,27 @@ add_exclude_file (struct exclude *ex, char const *filename, char line_end)
    {
      buf[buf_count++] = c;
      if (buf_count == buf_alloc)
-	buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_alloc *= 2);
+	{
+	  buf_alloc *= 2;
+	  if (! buf_alloc)
+	    xalloc_die ();
+	  buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_alloc);
+	}
    }

-  buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_count + 1);
-
  if (ferror (in))
    e = errno;

  if (!use_stdin && fclose (in) != 0)
    e = errno;

+  buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_count + 1);
+
  for (pattern = p = buf, lim = buf + buf_count;  p <= lim;  p++)
    if (p < lim ? *p == line_end : buf < p && p[-1])
      {
 	*p = '\0';
-	add_exclude (ex, pattern);
+	(*add_func) (ex, pattern, options);
 	pattern = p + 1;
      }

--- a/lib/exclude.h
+++ b/lib/exclude.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* exclude.h -- declarations for excluding file names
-   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -26,9 +26,24 @@
 # endif
 #endif

+/* Exclude options, which can be ORed with fnmatch options.  */
+
+/* Patterns must match the start of file names, instead of matching
+   anywhere after a '/'.  */
+#define EXCLUDE_ANCHORED (1 << 5)
+
+/* Include instead of exclude.  */
+#define EXCLUDE_INCLUDE (1 << 6)
+
+/* '?', '*', '[', and '\\' are special in patterns.  Without this
+   option, these characters are ordinary and fnmatch is not used.  */
+#define EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS (1 << 7)
+
 struct exclude;

 struct exclude *new_exclude PARAMS ((void));
-void add_exclude PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *));
-int add_exclude_file PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *, char));
-int excluded_filename PARAMS ((struct exclude const *, char const *));
+void free_exclude PARAMS ((struct exclude *));
+void add_exclude PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *, int));
+int add_exclude_file PARAMS ((void (*) (struct exclude *, char const *, int),
+			      struct exclude *, char const *, int, char));
+bool excluded_filename PARAMS ((struct exclude const *, char const *));
--- a/lib/fatal.c
+++ b/lib/fatal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* FIXME: define EXIT_FAILURE */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
+# if __STDC__
+#  include <stdarg.h>
+#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
+# else
+#  include <varargs.h>
+#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
+# endif
+#else
+# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
+# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
+#endif
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+void exit ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define program_name program_invocation_name
+#else /* not _LIBC */
+/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
+   name of the executing program.  */
+extern char *program_name;
+#endif
+
+#include "fatal.h"
+#include "unlocked-io.h"
+
+/* Like error, but always exit with EXIT_FAILURE.  */
+
+void
+#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
+fatal (int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+#else
+fatal (errnum, message, va_alist)
+     int errnum;
+     char *message;
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+#ifdef VA_START
+  va_list args;
+#endif
+
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+      fflush (stdout);
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+    }
+
+#ifdef VA_START
+  VA_START (args, message);
+  error (EXIT_FAILURE, errnum, message, args);
+  va_end (args);
+#else
+  error (EXIT_FAILURE, errnum, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
+#endif
+}
--- a/lib/fatal.h
+++ b/lib/fatal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#include "error.h"
+
+/* FIXME: this is all from ansidecl.  better to simply swipe
+   that file from egcs/include and include it from here.  */
+
+/* Using MACRO(x,y) in cpp #if conditionals does not work with some
+   older preprocessors.  Thus we can't define something like this:
+
+#define HAVE_GCC_VERSION(MAJOR, MINOR) \
+  (__GNUC__ > (MAJOR) || (__GNUC__ == (MAJOR) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (MINOR)))
+
+and then test "#if HAVE_GCC_VERSION(2,7)".
+
+So instead we use the macro below and test it against specific values.  */
+
+/* This macro simplifies testing whether we are using gcc, and if it
+   is of a particular minimum version. (Both major & minor numbers are
+   significant.)  This macro will evaluate to 0 if we are not using
+   gcc at all.  */
+#ifndef GCC_VERSION
+# define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__ * 1000 + __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#endif /* GCC_VERSION */
+
+/* Define macros for some gcc attributes.  This permits us to use the
+   macros freely, and know that they will come into play for the
+   version of gcc in which they are supported.  */
+
+#if (GCC_VERSION < 2007)
+# define __attribute__(x)
+#endif
+
+/* Attribute __malloc__ on functions was valid as of gcc 2.96. */
+#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+# if (GCC_VERSION >= 2096)
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
+# else
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+# endif /* GNUC >= 2.96 */
+#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC */
+
+/* Attributes on labels were valid as of gcc 2.93. */
+#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL
+# if (GCC_VERSION >= 2093)
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+# else
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL
+# endif /* GNUC >= 2.93 */
+#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL */
+
+#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED */
+
+#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
+# define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN */
+
+#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF
+# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(m, n) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, m, n)))
+# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(1, 2)
+# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2, 3)
+# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_3 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(3, 4)
+# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_4 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(4, 5)
+# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_5 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(5, 6)
+#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF */
+
+extern void fatal (int errnum, const char *format, ...)
+     ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2;
--- a/lib/filemode.c
+++ b/lib/filemode.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* filemode.c -- make a string describing file modes
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993, 1998-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
+
 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
@@ -80,37 +80,42 @@
 # undef S_ISSOCK
 #endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN.  */

-#if !defined(S_ISBLK) && defined(S_IFBLK)
+#if !defined S_ISBLK && defined S_IFBLK
 # define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISCHR) && defined(S_IFCHR)
+#if !defined S_ISCHR && defined S_IFCHR
 # define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
+#if !defined S_ISDIR && defined S_IFDIR
 # define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISREG) && defined(S_IFREG)
+#if !defined S_ISREG && defined S_IFREG
 # define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISFIFO) && defined(S_IFIFO)
+#if !defined S_ISFIFO && defined S_IFIFO
 # define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK)
+#if !defined S_ISLNK && defined S_IFLNK
 # define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISSOCK) && defined(S_IFSOCK)
+#if !defined S_ISSOCK && defined S_IFSOCK
 # define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISMPB) && defined(S_IFMPB) /* V7 */
+#if !defined S_ISMPB && defined S_IFMPB /* V7 */
 # define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
 # define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISNWK) && defined(S_IFNWK) /* HP/UX */
+#if !defined S_ISNWK && defined S_IFNWK /* HP/UX */
 # define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISDOOR) && defined(S_IFDOOR) /* Solaris 2.5 and up */
+#if !defined S_ISDOOR && defined S_IFDOOR /* Solaris 2.5 and up */
 # define S_ISDOOR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDOOR)
 #endif
+#if !defined S_ISCTG && defined S_IFCTG /* MassComp */
+# define S_ISCTG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCTG)
+#endif
+
+

 /* Set the 's' and 't' flags in file attributes string CHARS,
   according to the file mode BITS.  */
@@ -156,11 +161,13 @@ setst (mode_t bits, char *chars)
   'D' for doors
   'b' for block special files
   'c' for character special files
+   'n' for network special files
   'm' for multiplexor files
   'M' for an off-line (regular) file
   'l' for symbolic links
   's' for sockets
   'p' for fifos
+   'C' for contigous data files
   '-' for regular files
   '?' for any other file type.  */

@@ -201,6 +208,10 @@ ftypelet (mode_t bits)
  if (S_ISDOOR (bits))
    return 'D';
 #endif
+#ifdef S_ISCTG
+  if (S_ISCTG (bits))
+    return 'C';
+#endif

  /* The following two tests are for Cray DMF (Data Migration
     Facility), which is a HSM file system.  A migrated file has a
--- a/lib/fnmatch.c
+++ b/lib/fnmatch.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,30 +27,18 @@
 #include <fnmatch.h>
 #include <ctype.h>

+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii (c)
+#endif

-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#if defined _LIBC || !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#define ISUPPER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isupper (c))


-# if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
-#  define ISASCII(c) 1
-# else
-#  define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
-# endif
-
-# define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
-
-
-# ifndef errno
+#ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
-# endif
+#endif

 /* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
   it matches, nonzero if not.  */
@@ -61,7 +49,9 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
  register char c;

 /* Note that this evaluates C many times.  */
-# define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
+#define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER ((unsigned char) (c)) \
+                 ? tolower ((unsigned char) (c)) \
+                 : (c))

  while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
    {
@@ -99,13 +89,10 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)

 	  for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++)
 	    {
-	      if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/')
-		/* A slash does not match a wildcard under FNM_FILE_NAME.  */
-		return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	      else if (c == '?')
+	      if (c == '?')
 		{
 		  /* A ? needs to match one character.  */
-		  if (*n == '\0')
+		  if (*n == '\0' || (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)))
 		    /* There isn't another character; no match.  */
 		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
 		  else
@@ -117,7 +104,13 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
 	    }

 	  if (c == '\0')
-	    return 0;
+	    {
+	      if ((flags & (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR)) == FNM_FILE_NAME)
+		for (; *n != '\0'; n++)
+		  if (*n == '/')
+		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	      return 0;
+	    }

 	  {
 	    char c1 = (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\') ? *p : c;
@@ -126,6 +119,8 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
 	      if ((c == '[' || FOLD (*n) == c1) &&
 		  fnmatch (p, n, flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0)
 		return 0;
+	      else if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
+		break;
 	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
 	  }

@@ -231,7 +226,5 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)

  return FNM_NOMATCH;

-# undef FOLD
+#undef FOLD
 }
-
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
--- a/lib/fopen-safer.c
+++ b/lib/fopen-safer.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* Invoke fopen, but avoid some glitches.
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include <unistd-safer.h>
+
+#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
+# define STDERR_FILENO 2
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdio-safer.h>
+
+/* Like fopen, but do not return stdin, stdout, or stderr.  */
+
+FILE *
+fopen_safer (char const *file, char const *mode)
+{
+  FILE *fp = fopen (file, mode);
+
+  if (fp)
+    {
+      int fd = fileno (fp);
+
+      if (0 <= fd && fd <= STDERR_FILENO)
+	{
+	  int f = dup_safer (fd);
+
+	  if (f < 0)
+	    {
+	      int e = errno;
+	      fclose (fp);
+	      errno = e;
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+
+	  if (fclose (fp) != 0
+	      || ! (fp = fdopen (f, mode)))
+	    {
+	      int e = errno;
+	      close (f);
+	      errno = e;
+	      return NULL;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  return fp;
+}
--- a/lib/full-write.c
+++ b/lib/full-write.c
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
 /* full-write.c -- an interface to write that retries after interrupts
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   Copyright 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,8 +17,7 @@
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.

-   Copied largely from GNU C's cccp.c.
-   */
+   Written by Paul Eggert.  */

 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
@@ -24,6 +25,8 @@

 #include <sys/types.h>

+#include "full-write.h"
+
 #if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
@@ -33,29 +36,28 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif

-/* Write LEN bytes at PTR to descriptor DESC, retrying if interrupted.
-   Return LEN upon success, write's (negative) error code otherwise.  */
+/* Write LEN bytes at PTR to descriptor DESC, retrying if interrupted
+   or if partial writes occur.  Return the number of bytes successfully
+   written, setting errno if that is less than LEN.  */

-int
+size_t
 full_write (int desc, const char *ptr, size_t len)
 {
-  int total_written;
+  size_t total_written = 0;

-  total_written = 0;
  while (len > 0)
    {
-      int written = write (desc, ptr, len);
-      /* FIXME: write on my slackware Linux 1.2.13 returns zero when
-	 I try to write more data than there is room on a floppy disk.
-	 This puts dd into an infinite loop.  Reproduce with
-	 dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/fd0.  */
-      if (written < 0)
+      ssize_t written = write (desc, ptr, len);
+      if (written <= 0)
 	{
+	  /* Some buggy drivers return 0 when you fall off a device's end.  */
+	  if (written == 0)
+	    errno = ENOSPC;
 #ifdef EINTR
 	  if (errno == EINTR)
 	    continue;
 #endif
-	  return written;
+	  break;
 	}
      total_written += written;
      ptr += written;
--- a/lib/full-write.h
+++ b/lib/full-write.h
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+size_t full_write PARAMS ((int, const char *, size_t));
--- a/lib/gen-uio
+++ b/lib/gen-uio
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+fail=0
+cat <<\EOF || fail=1
+#ifndef UNLOCKED_IO_H
+# define UNLOCKED_IO_H 1
+
+# ifndef USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+#  define USE_UNLOCKED_IO 1
+# endif
+
+# if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
+
+/* These are wrappers for functions/macros from GNU libc.
+   The standard I/O functions are thread-safe.  These *_unlocked ones are
+   more efficient but not thread-safe.  That they're not thread-safe is
+   fine since all of the applications in this package are single threaded.  */
+
+EOF
+
+for f in $@; do
+  u=`echo $f|tr abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ`
+  cat <<EOF || fail=1
+#  if HAVE_${u}_UNLOCKED
+#   undef $f
+EOF
+  case $f in
+    getchar)
+      params=;;
+    putchar | clearerr | feof | ferror | fflush | getc )
+      params=x;;
+    putc | fputc | fputs )
+      params=x,y;;
+    fgets )
+      params=x,y,z;;
+    fread | fwrite )
+      params=w,x,y,z;;
+    *)
+      echo $0: missing case for $f 2>&1; fail=1;;
+  esac
+  cat <<EOF || fail=1
+#   define $f($params) ${f}_unlocked ($params)
+#  endif
+EOF
+done
+
+cat <<\EOF || fail=1
+
+# endif /* USE_UNLOCKED_IO */
+#endif /* UNLOCKED_IO_H */
+EOF
+
+(exit $fail); exit
--- a/lib/getdate.y
+++ b/lib/getdate.y
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 %{
 /* Parse a string into an internal time stamp.
-   Copyright 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -82,10 +82,18 @@
 #endif

 #define EPOCH_YEAR 1970
-#define TM_YEAR_ORIGIN 1900
+#define TM_YEAR_BASE 1900

 #define HOUR(x) ((x) * 60)

+/* An integer value, and the number of digits in its textual
+   representation.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  int value;
+  int digits;
+} textint;
+
 /* An entry in the lexical lookup table.  */
 typedef struct
 {
@@ -98,8 +106,8 @@ typedef struct
 enum { MERam, MERpm, MER24 };

 /* Information passed to and from the parser.  */
-struct parser_control
-{ 
+typedef struct
+{
  /* The input string remaining to be parsed. */
  const char *input;

@@ -119,7 +127,7 @@ struct parser_control
  int meridian;

  /* Gregorian year, month, day, hour, minutes, and seconds.  */
-  int year;
+  textint year;
  int month;
  int day;
  int hour;
@@ -144,12 +152,11 @@ struct parser_control

  /* Table of local time zone abbrevations, terminated by a null entry.  */
  table local_time_zone_table[3];
-};
+} parser_control;

-#define PC (* (struct parser_control *) parm)
+#define PC (* (parser_control *) parm)
 #define YYLEX_PARAM parm
 #define YYPARSE_PARAM parm
-#define YYSTYPE int

 static int yyerror ();
 static int yylex ();
@@ -162,9 +169,20 @@ static int yylex ();
 /* This grammar has 13 shift/reduce conflicts. */
 %expect 13

-%token tAGO tDAY tDAY_UNIT tDAYZONE tDST tHOUR_UNIT tID
-%token tLOCAL_ZONE tMERIDIAN tMINUTE_UNIT tMONTH tMONTH_UNIT
-%token tSEC_UNIT tSNUMBER tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT tZONE
+%union
+{
+  int intval;
+  textint textintval;
+}
+
+%token tAGO tDST
+
+%token <intval> tDAY tDAY_UNIT tDAYZONE tHOUR_UNIT tLOCAL_ZONE tMERIDIAN
+%token <intval> tMINUTE_UNIT tMONTH tMONTH_UNIT tSEC_UNIT tYEAR_UNIT tZONE
+
+%token <textintval> tSNUMBER tUNUMBER
+
+%type <intval> o_merid

 %%

@@ -192,41 +210,41 @@ item:
 time:
    tUNUMBER tMERIDIAN
      {
-	PC.hour = $1;
+	PC.hour = $1.value;
 	PC.minutes = 0;
 	PC.seconds = 0;
 	PC.meridian = $2;
      }
  | tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER o_merid
      {
-	PC.hour = $1;
-	PC.minutes = $3;
+	PC.hour = $1.value;
+	PC.minutes = $3.value;
 	PC.seconds = 0;
 	PC.meridian = $4;
      }
  | tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER tSNUMBER
      {
-	PC.hour = $1;
-	PC.minutes = $3;
+	PC.hour = $1.value;
+	PC.minutes = $3.value;
 	PC.meridian = MER24;
 	PC.zones_seen++;
-	PC.time_zone = $4 % 100 + ($4 / 100) * 60;
+	PC.time_zone = $4.value % 100 + ($4.value / 100) * 60;
      }
  | tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER o_merid
      {
-	PC.hour = $1;
-	PC.minutes = $3;
-	PC.seconds = $5;
+	PC.hour = $1.value;
+	PC.minutes = $3.value;
+	PC.seconds = $5.value;
 	PC.meridian = $6;
      }
  | tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER ':' tUNUMBER tSNUMBER
      {
-	PC.hour = $1;
-	PC.minutes = $3;
-	PC.seconds = $5;
+	PC.hour = $1.value;
+	PC.minutes = $3.value;
+	PC.seconds = $5.value;
 	PC.meridian = MER24;
 	PC.zones_seen++;
-	PC.time_zone = $6 % 100 + ($6 / 100) * 60;
+	PC.time_zone = $6.value % 100 + ($6.value / 100) * 60;
      }
  ;

@@ -259,7 +277,7 @@ day:
      }
  | tUNUMBER tDAY
      {
-	PC.day_ordinal = $1;
+	PC.day_ordinal = $1.value;
 	PC.day_number = $2;
      }
  ;
@@ -267,25 +285,26 @@ day:
 date:
    tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER
      {
-	PC.month = $1;
-	PC.day = $3;
+	PC.month = $1.value;
+	PC.day = $3.value;
      }
  | tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER '/' tUNUMBER
      {
-	/* Interpret as YYYY/MM/DD if 1000 <= $1, otherwise as MM/DD/YY.
+	/* Interpret as YYYY/MM/DD if the first value has 4 or more digits,
+	   otherwise as MM/DD/YY.
 	   The goal in recognizing YYYY/MM/DD is solely to support legacy
 	   machine-generated dates like those in an RCS log listing.  If
 	   you want portability, use the ISO 8601 format.  */
-	if (1000 <= $1)
+	if (4 <= $1.digits)
 	  {
 	    PC.year = $1;
-	    PC.month = $3;
-	    PC.day = $5;
+	    PC.month = $3.value;
+	    PC.day = $5.value;
 	  }
 	else
 	  {
-	    PC.month = $1;
-	    PC.day = $3;
+	    PC.month = $1.value;
+	    PC.day = $3.value;
 	    PC.year = $5;
 	  }
      }
@@ -293,36 +312,37 @@ date:
      {
 	/* ISO 8601 format.  YYYY-MM-DD.  */
 	PC.year = $1;
-	PC.month = -$2;
-	PC.day = -$3;
+	PC.month = -$2.value;
+	PC.day = -$3.value;
      }
  | tUNUMBER tMONTH tSNUMBER
      {
 	/* e.g. 17-JUN-1992.  */
-	PC.day = $1;
+	PC.day = $1.value;
 	PC.month = $2;
-	PC.year = -$3;
+	PC.year.value = -$3.value;
+	PC.year.digits = $3.digits;
      }
  | tMONTH tUNUMBER
      {
 	PC.month = $1;
-	PC.day = $2;
+	PC.day = $2.value;
      }
  | tMONTH tUNUMBER ',' tUNUMBER
      {
 	PC.month = $1;
-	PC.day = $2;
+	PC.day = $2.value;
 	PC.year = $4;
      }
  | tUNUMBER tMONTH
      {
+	PC.day = $1.value;
 	PC.month = $2;
-	PC.day = $1;
      }
  | tUNUMBER tMONTH tUNUMBER
      {
+	PC.day = $1.value;
 	PC.month = $2;
-	PC.day = $1;
 	PC.year = $3;
      }
  ;
@@ -342,39 +362,39 @@ rel:

 relunit:
    tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT
-      { PC.rel_year += $1 * $2; }
+      { PC.rel_year += $1.value * $2; }
  | tSNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT
-      { PC.rel_year += $1 * $2; }
+      { PC.rel_year += $1.value * $2; }
  | tYEAR_UNIT
      { PC.rel_year += $1; }
  | tUNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT
-      { PC.rel_month += $1 * $2; }
+      { PC.rel_month += $1.value * $2; }
  | tSNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT
-      { PC.rel_month += $1 * $2; }
+      { PC.rel_month += $1.value * $2; }
  | tMONTH_UNIT
      { PC.rel_month += $1; }
  | tUNUMBER tDAY_UNIT
-      { PC.rel_day += $1 * $2; }
+      { PC.rel_day += $1.value * $2; }
  | tSNUMBER tDAY_UNIT
-      { PC.rel_day += $1 * $2; }
+      { PC.rel_day += $1.value * $2; }
  | tDAY_UNIT
-      { PC.rel_day += $1; }
+      { PC.rel_day += $1 }
  | tUNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT
-      { PC.rel_hour += $1 * $2; }
+      { PC.rel_hour += $1.value * $2; }
  | tSNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT
-      { PC.rel_hour += $1 * $2; }
+      { PC.rel_hour += $1.value * $2; }
  | tHOUR_UNIT
-      { PC.rel_hour += $1; }
+      { PC.rel_hour += $1 }
  | tUNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT
-      { PC.rel_minutes += $1 * $2; }
+      { PC.rel_minutes += $1.value * $2; }
  | tSNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT
-      { PC.rel_minutes += $1 * $2; }
+      { PC.rel_minutes += $1.value * $2; }
  | tMINUTE_UNIT
-      { PC.rel_minutes += $1; }
+      { PC.rel_minutes += $1 }
  | tUNUMBER tSEC_UNIT
-      { PC.rel_seconds += $1 * $2; }
+      { PC.rel_seconds += $1.value * $2; }
  | tSNUMBER tSEC_UNIT
-      { PC.rel_seconds += $1 * $2; }
+      { PC.rel_seconds += $1.value * $2; }
  | tSEC_UNIT
      { PC.rel_seconds += $1; }
  ;
@@ -382,29 +402,31 @@ relunit:
 number:
    tUNUMBER
      {
-	if (PC.dates_seen && ! PC.rels_seen && (PC.times_seen || 100 <= $1))
+	if (PC.dates_seen
+	    && ! PC.rels_seen && (PC.times_seen || 2 < $1.digits))
 	  PC.year = $1;
 	else
 	  {
-	    if (10000 < $1)
+	    if (4 < $1.digits)
 	      {
 		PC.dates_seen++;
-		PC.day = $1 % 100;
-		PC.month = ($1 / 100) % 100;
-		PC.year = $1 / 10000;
+		PC.day = $1.value % 100;
+		PC.month = ($1.value / 100) % 100;
+		PC.year.value = $1.value / 10000;
+		PC.year.digits = $1.digits - 4;
 	      }
 	    else
 	      {
 		PC.times_seen++;
-		if ($1 < 100)
+		if ($1.digits <= 2)
 		  {
-		    PC.hour = $1;
+		    PC.hour = $1.value;
 		    PC.minutes = 0;
 		  }
 		else
 		  {
-		    PC.hour = $1 / 100;
-		    PC.minutes = $1 % 100;
+		    PC.hour = $1.value / 100;
+		    PC.minutes = $1.value % 100;
 		  }
 		PC.seconds = 0;
 		PC.meridian = MER24;
@@ -426,6 +448,7 @@ o_merid:
   may define-away `const'.  We want the prototype for get_date to have
   the same signature as the function definition.  */
 #include "getdate.h"
+#include "unlocked-io.h"

 #ifndef gmtime
 struct tm *gmtime ();
@@ -632,23 +655,23 @@ to_hour (int hours, int meridian)
 }

 static int
-to_year (int year)
+to_year (textint textyear)
 {
+  int year = textyear.value;
+
  if (year < 0)
    year = -year;

  /* XPG4 suggests that years 00-68 map to 2000-2068, and
     years 69-99 map to 1969-1999.  */
-  if (year < 69)
-    year += 2000;
-  else if (year < 100)
-    year += 1900;
+  if (textyear.digits == 2)
+    year += year < 69 ? 2000 : 1900;

  return year;
 }

 static table const *
-lookup_zone (struct parser_control const *pc, char const *name)
+lookup_zone (parser_control const *pc, char const *name)
 {
  table const *tp;

@@ -664,29 +687,35 @@ lookup_zone (struct parser_control const *pc, char const *name)
  return 0;
 }

-/* Yield A - B, measured in seconds.  */
+#if ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+/* Yield the difference between *A and *B,
+   measured in seconds, ignoring leap seconds.
+   The body of this function is taken directly from the GNU C Library;
+   see src/strftime.c.  */
 static int
-difftm (struct tm *a, struct tm *b)
+tm_diff (struct tm const *a, struct tm const *b)
 {
-  int ay = a->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
-  int by = b->tm_year + (TM_YEAR_ORIGIN - 1);
-  int days = (
-  /* difference in day of year */
-		a->tm_yday - b->tm_yday
-  /* + intervening leap days */
-		+ ((ay >> 2) - (by >> 2))
-		- (ay / 100 - by / 100)
-		+ ((ay / 100 >> 2) - (by / 100 >> 2))
-  /* + difference in years * 365 */
-		+ (int) (ay - by) * 365
-  );
+  /* Compute intervening leap days correctly even if year is negative.
+     Take care to avoid int overflow in leap day calculations,
+     but it's OK to assume that A and B are close to each other.  */
+  int a4 = (a->tm_year >> 2) + (TM_YEAR_BASE >> 2) - ! (a->tm_year & 3);
+  int b4 = (b->tm_year >> 2) + (TM_YEAR_BASE >> 2) - ! (b->tm_year & 3);
+  int a100 = a4 / 25 - (a4 % 25 < 0);
+  int b100 = b4 / 25 - (b4 % 25 < 0);
+  int a400 = a100 >> 2;
+  int b400 = b100 >> 2;
+  int intervening_leap_days = (a4 - b4) - (a100 - b100) + (a400 - b400);
+  int years = a->tm_year - b->tm_year;
+  int days = (365 * years + intervening_leap_days
+	      + (a->tm_yday - b->tm_yday));
  return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (a->tm_hour - b->tm_hour))
 		+ (a->tm_min - b->tm_min))
 	  + (a->tm_sec - b->tm_sec));
 }
+#endif /* ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF */

 static table const *
-lookup_word (struct parser_control const *pc, char *word)
+lookup_word (parser_control const *pc, char *word)
 {
  char *p;
  char *q;
@@ -755,7 +784,7 @@ lookup_word (struct parser_control const *pc, char *word)
 }

 static int
-yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, struct parser_control *pc)
+yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, parser_control *pc)
 {
  unsigned char c;
  int count;
@@ -767,21 +796,30 @@ yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, struct parser_control *pc)

      if (ISDIGIT (c) || c == '-' || c == '+')
 	{
+	  char const *p;
 	  int sign;
+	  int value;
 	  if (c == '-' || c == '+')
 	    {
 	      sign = c == '-' ? -1 : 1;
-	      if (! ISDIGIT (*++pc->input))
+	      c = *++pc->input;
+	      if (! ISDIGIT (c))
 		/* skip the '-' sign */
 		continue;
 	    }
 	  else
 	    sign = 0;
-	  for (*lvalp = 0; ISDIGIT (c = *pc->input++);)
-	    *lvalp = 10 * *lvalp + (c - '0');
-	  pc->input--;
-	  if (sign < 0)
-	    *lvalp = - *lvalp;
+	  p = pc->input;
+	  value = 0;
+	  do
+	    {
+	      value = 10 * value + c - '0';
+	      c = *++p;
+	    }
+	  while (ISDIGIT (c));
+	  lvalp->textintval.value = sign < 0 ? -value : value;
+	  lvalp->textintval.digits = p - pc->input;
+	  pc->input = p;
 	  return sign ? tSNUMBER : tUNUMBER;
 	}

@@ -802,8 +840,8 @@ yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, struct parser_control *pc)
 	  *p = '\0';
 	  tp = lookup_word (pc, buff);
 	  if (! tp)
-	    return tID;
-	  *lvalp = tp->value;
+	    return '?';
+	  lvalp->intval = tp->value;
 	  return tp->type;
 	}

@@ -842,13 +880,14 @@ get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
  struct tm *tmp = localtime (&Start);
  struct tm tm;
  struct tm tm0;
-  struct parser_control pc;
+  parser_control pc;

  if (! tmp)
    return -1;

  pc.input = p;
-  pc.year = tmp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_ORIGIN;
+  pc.year.value = tmp->tm_year + TM_YEAR_BASE;
+  pc.year.digits = 4;
  pc.month = tmp->tm_mon + 1;
  pc.day = tmp->tm_mday;
  pc.hour = tmp->tm_hour;
@@ -934,7 +973,7 @@ get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
      || (pc.local_zones_seen && 1 < pc.local_isdst))
    return -1;

-  tm.tm_year = to_year (pc.year) - TM_YEAR_ORIGIN + pc.rel_year;
+  tm.tm_year = to_year (pc.year) - TM_YEAR_BASE + pc.rel_year;
  tm.tm_mon = pc.month - 1 + pc.rel_month;
  tm.tm_mday = pc.day + pc.rel_day;
  if (pc.times_seen || (pc.rels_seen && ! pc.dates_seen && ! pc.days_seen))
@@ -949,13 +988,11 @@ get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
    {
      tm.tm_hour = tm.tm_min = tm.tm_sec = 0;
    }
-  tm.tm_hour += pc.rel_hour;
-  tm.tm_min += pc.rel_minutes;
-  tm.tm_sec += pc.rel_seconds;

  /* Let mktime deduce tm_isdst if we have an absolute time stamp,
     or if the relative time stamp mentions days, months, or years.  */
-  if (pc.dates_seen | pc.days_seen | pc.times_seen | pc.rel_day | pc.rel_month | pc.rel_year)
+  if (pc.dates_seen | pc.days_seen | pc.times_seen | pc.rel_day
+      | pc.rel_month | pc.rel_year)
    tm.tm_isdst = -1;

  /* But if the input explicitly specifies local time with or without
@@ -981,7 +1018,7 @@ get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
      if (pc.zones_seen)
 	{
 	  tm = tm0;
-	  if (tm.tm_year <= EPOCH_YEAR - TM_YEAR_ORIGIN)
+	  if (tm.tm_year <= EPOCH_YEAR - TM_YEAR_BASE)
 	    {
 	      tm.tm_mday++;
 	      pc.time_zone += 24 * 60;
@@ -1002,6 +1039,7 @@ get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)
    {
      tm.tm_mday += ((pc.day_number - tm.tm_wday + 7) % 7
 		     + 7 * (pc.day_ordinal - (0 < pc.day_ordinal)));
+      tm.tm_isdst = -1;
      Start = mktime (&tm);
      if (Start == (time_t) -1)
 	return Start;
@@ -1009,16 +1047,43 @@ get_date (const char *p, const time_t *now)

  if (pc.zones_seen)
    {
-      int delta;
+      int delta = pc.time_zone * 60;
+#ifdef HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+      delta -= tm.tm_gmtoff;
+#else
      struct tm *gmt = gmtime (&Start);
      if (! gmt)
 	return -1;
-      delta = pc.time_zone * 60 + difftm (gmt, &tm);
-      if ((Start - delta < Start) != (delta < 0))
+      delta -= tm_diff (&tm, gmt);
+#endif
+      if ((Start < Start - delta) != (delta < 0))
 	return -1;	/* time_t overflow */
      Start -= delta;
    }

+  /* Add relative hours, minutes, and seconds.  Ignore leap seconds;
+     i.e. "+ 10 minutes" means 600 seconds, even if one of them is a
+     leap second.  Typically this is not what the user wants, but it's
+     too hard to do it the other way, because the time zone indicator
+     must be applied before relative times, and if mktime is applied
+     again the time zone will be lost.  */
+  {
+    time_t t0 = Start;
+    long d1 = 60 * 60 * (long) pc.rel_hour;
+    time_t t1 = t0 + d1;
+    long d2 = 60 * (long) pc.rel_minutes;
+    time_t t2 = t1 + d2;
+    int d3 = pc.rel_seconds;
+    time_t t3 = t2 + d3;
+    if ((d1 / (60 * 60) ^ pc.rel_hour)
+	| (d2 / 60 ^ pc.rel_minutes)
+	| ((t0 + d1 < t0) ^ (d1 < 0))
+	| ((t1 + d2 < t1) ^ (d2 < 0))
+	| ((t2 + d3 < t2) ^ (d3 < 0)))
+      return -1;
+    Start = t3;
+  }
+
  return Start;
 }

--- a/lib/getline.c
+++ b/lib/getline.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* getline.c -- Replacement for GNU C library function getline

-Copyright (C) 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
@@ -39,105 +39,19 @@ getline (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream)
  return getdelim (lineptr, n, '\n', stream);
 }

-
 #else /* ! have getdelim */

-# define NDEBUG
-# include <assert.h>
-
-# if STDC_HEADERS
-#  include <stdlib.h>
-# else
-char *malloc (), *realloc ();
-# endif
-
-/* Always add at least this many bytes when extending the buffer.  */
-# define MIN_CHUNK 64
-
-/* Read up to (and including) a TERMINATOR from STREAM into *LINEPTR
-   + OFFSET (and null-terminate it). *LINEPTR is a pointer returned from
-   malloc (or NULL), pointing to *N characters of space.  It is realloc'd
-   as necessary.  Return the number of characters read (not including the
-   null terminator), or -1 on error or EOF.  */
-
-int
-getstr (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream, char terminator, size_t offset)
-{
-  int nchars_avail;		/* Allocated but unused chars in *LINEPTR.  */
-  char *read_pos;		/* Where we're reading into *LINEPTR. */
-  int ret;
-
-  if (!lineptr || !n || !stream)
-    return -1;
-
-  if (!*lineptr)
-    {
-      *n = MIN_CHUNK;
-      *lineptr = malloc (*n);
-      if (!*lineptr)
-	return -1;
-    }
-
-  nchars_avail = *n - offset;
-  read_pos = *lineptr + offset;
-
-  for (;;)
-    {
-      register int c = getc (stream);
-
-      /* We always want at least one char left in the buffer, since we
-	 always (unless we get an error while reading the first char)
-	 NUL-terminate the line buffer.  */
-
-      assert(*n - nchars_avail == read_pos - *lineptr);
-      if (nchars_avail < 2)
-	{
-	  if (*n > MIN_CHUNK)
-	    *n *= 2;
-	  else
-	    *n += MIN_CHUNK;
-
-	  nchars_avail = *n + *lineptr - read_pos;
-	  *lineptr = realloc (*lineptr, *n);
-	  if (!*lineptr)
-	    return -1;
-	  read_pos = *n - nchars_avail + *lineptr;
-	  assert(*n - nchars_avail == read_pos - *lineptr);
-	}
-
-      if (c == EOF || ferror (stream))
-	{
-	  /* Return partial line, if any.  */
-	  if (read_pos == *lineptr)
-	    return -1;
-	  else
-	    break;
-	}
-
-      *read_pos++ = c;
-      nchars_avail--;
-
-      if (c == terminator)
-	/* Return the line.  */
-	break;
-    }
-
-  /* Done - NUL terminate and return the number of chars read.  */
-  *read_pos = '\0';
-
-  ret = read_pos - (*lineptr + offset);
-  return ret;
-}
+# include "getstr.h"

 int
 getline (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream)
 {
-  return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, '\n', 0);
+  return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, '\n', 0, 0);
 }

 int
 getdelim (char **lineptr, size_t *n, int delimiter, FILE *stream)
 {
-  return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, delimiter, 0);
+  return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, delimiter, 0, 0);
 }
 #endif
--- a/lib/getloadavg.c
+++ b/lib/getloadavg.c
@@ -308,6 +308,12 @@ extern int errno;
 #  define LDAV_CVT(n) (((double) (n)) / FSCALE)
 # endif

+# ifndef NLIST_STRUCT
+#  if HAVE_NLIST_H
+#   define NLIST_STRUCT
+#  endif
+# endif
+
 /* VAX C can't handle multi-line #ifs, or lines longer that 256 characters.  */
 # ifndef NLIST_STRUCT

--- a/lib/getopt.c
+++ b/lib/getopt.c
@@ -1,23 +1,25 @@
 /* Getopt for GNU.
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU
-   C Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99
+   NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
+   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to drepper@gnu.org
+   before changing it!
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96,98,99,2000,2001
   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */

 /* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
   Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
@@ -27,13 +29,13 @@

 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
-#else
-# if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
+#endif
+
+#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
   reject `defined (const)'.  */
-#  ifndef const
-#   define const
-#  endif
+# ifndef const
+#  define const
 # endif
 #endif

@@ -75,11 +77,12 @@
 #endif

 #ifndef _
-/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
-   When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined.  */
-# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.  */
+# if (HAVE_LIBINTL_H && ENABLE_NLS) || defined _LIBC
 #  include <libintl.h>
-#  define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
+#  ifndef _
+#   define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
+#  endif
 # else
 #  define _(msgid)	(msgid)
 # endif
@@ -250,11 +253,13 @@ static int last_nonopt;
 /* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
   indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments.  */

+#ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
 /* Defined in getopt_init.c  */
 extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;

 static int nonoption_flags_max_len;
 static int nonoption_flags_len;
+#endif

 static int original_argc;
 static char *const *original_argv;
@@ -275,13 +280,17 @@ store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
 text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
 # endif /* text_set_element */

-# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
+# ifdef USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
+#  define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
  if (nonoption_flags_len > 0)						      \
    {									      \
      char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1];			      \
      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2];	      \
      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp;				      \
    }
+# else
+#  define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+# endif
 #else	/* !_LIBC */
 # define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
 #endif	/* _LIBC */
@@ -313,7 +322,7 @@ exchange (argv)
     It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
     but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */

-#ifdef _LIBC
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
  /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags'
     string can work normally.  Our top argument must be in the range
     of the string.  */
@@ -417,7 +426,7 @@ _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
  else
    ordering = PERMUTE;

-#ifdef _LIBC
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
  if (posixly_correct == NULL
      && argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv)
    {
@@ -515,6 +524,13 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
     int *longind;
     int long_only;
 {
+  int print_errors = opterr;
+  if (optstring[0] == ':')
+    print_errors = 0;
+
+  if (argc < 1)
+    return -1;
+
  optarg = NULL;

  if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized)
@@ -529,7 +545,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
     Either it does not have option syntax, or there is an environment flag
     from the shell indicating it is not an option.  The later information
     is only used when the used in the GNU libc.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
+#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
 # define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
 		      || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
 			  && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
@@ -664,14 +680,17 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		pfound = p;
 		indfound = option_index;
 	      }
-	    else
+	    else if (long_only
+		     || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
+		     || pfound->flag != p->flag
+		     || pfound->val != p->val)
 	      /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
 	      ambig = 1;
 	  }

      if (ambig && !exact)
 	{
-	  if (opterr)
+	  if (print_errors)
 	    fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
 		     argv[0], argv[optind]);
 	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
@@ -692,7 +711,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		optarg = nameend + 1;
 	      else
 		{
-		  if (opterr)
+		  if (print_errors)
 		    {
 		      if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
 			/* --option */
@@ -718,7 +737,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		optarg = argv[optind++];
 	      else
 		{
-		  if (opterr)
+		  if (print_errors)
 		    fprintf (stderr,
 			   _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
 			   argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
@@ -745,7 +764,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
      if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
 	  || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
 	{
-	  if (opterr)
+	  if (print_errors)
 	    {
 	      if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
 		/* --option */
@@ -775,7 +794,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)

    if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
      {
-	if (opterr)
+	if (print_errors)
 	  {
 	    if (posixly_correct)
 	      /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
@@ -809,7 +828,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	  }
 	else if (optind == argc)
 	  {
-	    if (opterr)
+	    if (print_errors)
 	      {
 		/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
 		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
@@ -858,7 +877,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	    }
 	if (ambig && !exact)
 	  {
-	    if (opterr)
+	    if (print_errors)
 	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
 		       argv[0], argv[optind]);
 	    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
@@ -876,7 +895,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		  optarg = nameend + 1;
 		else
 		  {
-		    if (opterr)
+		    if (print_errors)
 		      fprintf (stderr, _("\
 %s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
 			       argv[0], pfound->name);
@@ -891,7 +910,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		  optarg = argv[optind++];
 		else
 		  {
-		    if (opterr)
+		    if (print_errors)
 		      fprintf (stderr,
 			       _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
 			       argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
@@ -938,12 +957,12 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	      }
 	    else if (optind == argc)
 	      {
-		if (opterr)
+		if (print_errors)
 		  {
 		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
 		    fprintf (stderr,
-			   _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
-			   argv[0], c);
+			     _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+			     argv[0], c);
 		  }
 		optopt = c;
 		if (optstring[0] == ':')
--- a/lib/getopt.h
+++ b/lib/getopt.h
@@ -1,21 +1,21 @@
 /* Declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
+   Copyright (C) 1989-1994, 1996-1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */

 #ifndef _GETOPT_H

@@ -23,6 +23,17 @@
 # define _GETOPT_H 1
 #endif

+/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
+   standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
+   If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
+   that does not exist if we are standalone.  So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
+   not defined, include <ctype.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
+   if it's from glibc.  (Why ctype.h?  It's guaranteed to exist and it
+   doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.)  */
+#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+# include <ctype.h>
+#endif
+
 #ifdef	__cplusplus
 extern "C" {
 #endif
@@ -82,7 +93,7 @@ extern int optopt;

 struct option
 {
-# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
  const char *name;
 # else
  char *name;
@@ -126,7 +137,7 @@ struct option
   arguments to the option '\0'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
   `getopt'.  */

-#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
 # ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
--- a/lib/getopt1.c
+++ b/lib/getopt1.c
@@ -1,26 +1,29 @@
 /* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98
     Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.

-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.

-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.

-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA
+   02111-1307 USA.  */

 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
-#else
+#endif
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
 #if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
   reject `defined (const)'.  */
@@ -28,9 +31,6 @@
 #define const
 #endif
 #endif
-#endif
-
-#include "getopt.h"

 #include <stdio.h>

--- a/lib/getpagesize.h
+++ b/lib/getpagesize.h
@@ -2,34 +2,48 @@

 #ifndef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE

-#ifdef VMS
-#define getpagesize() 512
-#endif
-
 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
 #endif

-#ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE
-#define getpagesize() sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE)
-#else
+#if !defined getpagesize && defined _SC_PAGESIZE
+# if !(defined VMS && __VMS_VER < 70000000)
+#  define getpagesize() sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE)
+# endif
+#endif

-#include <sys/param.h>
+#if !defined getpagesize && defined VMS
+# ifdef __ALPHA
+#  define getpagesize() 8192
+# else
+#  define getpagesize() 512
+# endif
+#endif

-#ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE
-#define getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE
-#else
-#ifdef NBPG
-#define getpagesize() NBPG * CLSIZE
-#ifndef CLSIZE
-#define CLSIZE 1
-#endif /* no CLSIZE */
-#else /* no NBPG */
-#ifdef NBPC
-#define getpagesize() NBPC
-#endif /* NBPC */
-#endif /* no NBPG */
-#endif /* no EXEC_PAGESIZE */
-#endif /* no _SC_PAGESIZE */
+/* This is for BeOS.  */
+#if !defined getpagesize && HAVE_OS_H
+# include <OS.h>
+# if defined B_PAGE_SIZE
+#  define getpagesize() B_PAGE_SIZE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef getpagesize
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#  define getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE
+# else
+#  ifdef NBPG
+#   ifndef CLSIZE
+#    define CLSIZE 1
+#   endif
+#   define getpagesize() (NBPG * CLSIZE)
+#  else
+#   ifdef NBPC
+#    define getpagesize() NBPC
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif

 #endif /* not HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */
--- a/lib/getpass.c
+++ b/lib/getpass.c
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1992,93,94,95,96,97,98,99,2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "getline.h"
+#include "unlocked-io.h"
+
+/* It is desirable to use this bit on systems that have it.
+   The only bit of terminal state we want to twiddle is echoing, which is
+   done in software; there is no need to change the state of the terminal
+   hardware.  */
+
+#ifndef TCSASOFT
+# define TCSASOFT 0
+#endif
+
+char *
+getpass (const char *prompt)
+{
+  FILE *in, *out;
+  struct termios s, t;
+  int tty_changed;
+  static char *buf;
+  static size_t bufsize;
+  ssize_t nread;
+
+  /* Try to write to and read from the terminal if we can.
+     If we can't open the terminal, use stderr and stdin.  */
+
+  in = fopen ("/dev/tty", "w+");
+  if (in == NULL)
+    {
+      in = stdin;
+      out = stderr;
+    }
+  else
+    out = in;
+
+  /* Turn echoing off if it is on now.  */
+
+  if (tcgetattr (fileno (in), &t) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Save the old one. */
+      s = t;
+      /* Tricky, tricky. */
+      t.c_lflag &= ~(ECHO|ISIG);
+      tty_changed = (tcsetattr (fileno (in), TCSAFLUSH|TCSASOFT, &t) == 0);
+    }
+  else
+    tty_changed = 0;
+
+  /* Write the prompt.  */
+  fputs (prompt, out);
+  fflush (out);
+
+  /* Read the password.  */
+  nread = getline (&buf, &bufsize, in);
+  if (buf != NULL)
+    {
+      if (nread < 0)
+	buf[0] = '\0';
+      else if (buf[nread - 1] == '\n')
+	{
+	  /* Remove the newline.  */
+	  buf[nread - 1] = '\0';
+	  if (tty_changed)
+	    /* Write the newline that was not echoed.  */
+	    putc ('\n', out);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Restore the original setting.  */
+  if (tty_changed)
+    (void) tcsetattr (fileno (in), TCSAFLUSH|TCSASOFT, &s);
+
+  if (in != stdin)
+    /* We opened the terminal; now close it.  */
+    fclose (in);
+
+  return buf;
+}
--- a/lib/getstr.c
+++ b/lib/getstr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/* getstr.c -- core function for GNU C library getline replacement function
+
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1996-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* Written by Jan Brittenson, bson@gnu.ai.mit.edu.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+char *malloc (), *realloc ();
+#endif
+
+#include "unlocked-io.h"
+
+/* Always add at least this many bytes when extending the buffer.  */
+#define MIN_CHUNK 64
+
+/* Read up to (and including) a delimiter DELIM1 from STREAM into *LINEPTR
+   + OFFSET (and NUL-terminate it).  If DELIM2 is non-zero, then read up
+   and including the first occurrence of DELIM1 or DELIM2.  *LINEPTR is
+   a pointer returned from malloc (or NULL), pointing to *N characters of
+   space.  It is realloc'd as necessary.  Return the number of characters
+   read (not including the NUL terminator), or -1 on error or EOF.  */
+
+int
+getstr (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream, int delim1, int delim2,
+	size_t offset)
+{
+  size_t nchars_avail;		/* Allocated but unused chars in *LINEPTR.  */
+  char *read_pos;		/* Where we're reading into *LINEPTR. */
+  int ret;
+
+  if (!lineptr || !n || !stream)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (!*lineptr)
+    {
+      *n = MIN_CHUNK;
+      *lineptr = malloc (*n);
+      if (!*lineptr)
+	return -1;
+    }
+
+  if (*n < offset)
+    return -1;
+
+  nchars_avail = *n - offset;
+  read_pos = *lineptr + offset;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      register int c = getc (stream);
+
+      /* We always want at least one char left in the buffer, since we
+	 always (unless we get an error while reading the first char)
+	 NUL-terminate the line buffer.  */
+
+      if (nchars_avail < 2)
+	{
+	  if (*n > MIN_CHUNK)
+	    *n *= 2;
+	  else
+	    *n += MIN_CHUNK;
+
+	  nchars_avail = *n + *lineptr - read_pos;
+	  *lineptr = realloc (*lineptr, *n);
+	  if (!*lineptr)
+	    return -1;
+	  read_pos = *n - nchars_avail + *lineptr;
+	}
+
+      if (c == EOF || ferror (stream))
+	{
+	  /* Return partial line, if any.  */
+	  if (read_pos == *lineptr)
+	    return -1;
+	  else
+	    break;
+	}
+
+      *read_pos++ = c;
+      nchars_avail--;
+
+      if (c == delim1 || (delim2 && c == delim2))
+	/* Return the line.  */
+	break;
+    }
+
+  /* Done - NUL terminate and return the number of chars read.  */
+  *read_pos = '\0';
+
+  ret = read_pos - (*lineptr + offset);
+  return ret;
+}
--- a/lib/getstr.h
+++ b/lib/getstr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#ifndef GETSTR_H_
+# define GETSTR_H_ 1
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+int
+getstr PARAMS ((char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream,
+		int delim1, int delim2,
+		size_t offset));
+
+#endif
--- a/lib/gettimeofday.c
+++ b/lib/gettimeofday.c
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/* Work around the bug in some systems whereby gettimeofday clobbers the
+   static buffer that localtime uses for it's return value.  The gettimeofday
+   function from Mac OS X 10.0.4, i.e. Darwin 1.3.7 has this problem.
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Disable the definition of gettimeofday (from config.h) so we can use
+   the library version.  */
+#undef gettimeofday
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+# include <sys/time.h>
+# include <time.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+#  include <sys/time.h>
+# else
+#  include <time.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+static struct tm *localtime_buffer_addr;
+
+/* This is a wrapper for gettimeofday.  It is used only on systems for which
+   gettimeofday clobbers the static buffer used for localtime's result.
+
+   Save and restore the contents of the buffer used for localtime's result
+   around the call to gettimeofday.  */
+
+int
+rpl_gettimeofday (struct timeval *tv, struct timezone *tz)
+{
+  struct tm save;
+  int result;
+
+  if (! localtime_buffer_addr)
+    {
+      time_t t = 0;
+      localtime_buffer_addr = localtime (&t);
+    }
+
+  save = *localtime_buffer_addr;
+  result = gettimeofday (tv, tz);
+  *localtime_buffer_addr = save;
+
+  return result;
+}
--- a/lib/getugroups.c
+++ b/lib/getugroups.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getugroups.c -- return a list of the groups a user is in
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ getugroups (int maxcount, GETGROUPS_T *grouplist, char *username, gid_t gid)
  register char **cp;
  register int count = 0;

-  if (gid != -1)
+  if (gid != (gid_t) -1)
    {
      if (maxcount != 0)
 	grouplist[count] = gid;
--- a/lib/getusershell.c
+++ b/lib/getusershell.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getusershell.c -- Return names of valid user shells.
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1997, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,12 +22,22 @@
 #endif

 #ifndef SHELLS_FILE
+# ifndef __DJGPP__
 /* File containing a list of nonrestricted shells, one per line. */
-# define SHELLS_FILE "/etc/shells"
+#  define SHELLS_FILE "/etc/shells"
+# else
+/* This is a horrible kludge.  Isn't there a better way?  */
+#  define SHELLS_FILE "/dev/env/DJDIR/etc/shells"
+# endif
 #endif

 #include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
 #include <ctype.h>
+#include "unlocked-io.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"

 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
 # define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
@@ -37,20 +47,19 @@

 #define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))

-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *malloc ();
-char *realloc ();
-#endif
-
-char *xstrdup ();
-
 static int readname ();

+#if ! defined ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS && defined __MSDOS__
+# define ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS \
+  "c:/dos/command.com", "c:/windows/command.com", "c:/command.com",
+#else
+# define ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS /* empty */
+#endif
+
 /* List of shells to use if the shells file is missing. */
 static char const* const default_shells[] =
 {
+  ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS
  "/bin/sh", "/bin/csh", "/usr/bin/sh", "/usr/bin/csh", NULL
 };

@@ -108,10 +117,8 @@ void
 setusershell ()
 {
  default_index = 0;
-  if (shellstream == NULL)
-    shellstream = fopen (SHELLS_FILE, "r");
-  else
-    fseek (shellstream, 0L, 0);
+  if (shellstream)
+    rewind (shellstream);
 }

 /* Close the shells file. */
@@ -126,39 +133,6 @@ endusershell ()
    }
 }

-/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking.  */
-
-static char *
-xmalloc (n)
-     unsigned n;
-{
-  char *p;
-
-  p = malloc (n);
-  if (p == 0)
-    {
-      fprintf (stderr, "virtual memory exhausted\n");
-      exit (1);
-    }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* Reallocate space P to size N, with error checking.  */
-
-static char *
-xrealloc (p, n)
-     char *p;
-     unsigned n;
-{
-  p = realloc (p, n);
-  if (p == 0)
-    {
-      fprintf (stderr, "virtual memory exhausted\n");
-      exit (1);
-    }
-  return p;
-}
-
 /* Read a line from STREAM, removing any newline at the end.
   Place the result in *NAME, which is malloc'd
   and/or realloc'd as necessary and can start out NULL,
--- a/lib/getversion.c
+++ b/lib/getversion.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getversion.c -- select backup filename type
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
--- a/lib/hard-locale.c
+++ b/lib/hard-locale.c
@@ -19,7 +19,9 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

-#ifndef __GNUC__
+#if __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+#else
 # ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
 #  include <alloca.h>
 # else
--- a/lib/hash-pjw.c
+++ b/lib/hash-pjw.c
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* hash-pjw.c -- compute a hash value from a NUL-terminated string.
+   Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "hash-pjw.h"
+
+/* A hash function for NUL-terminated char* strings using
+   the method described in Aho, Sethi, & Ullman, p 436. */
+
+unsigned int
+hash_pjw (const void *x, unsigned int tablesize)
+{
+  const char *s = x;
+  unsigned int h = 0;
+  unsigned int g;
+
+  while (*s != 0)
+    {
+      h = (h << 4) + *s++;
+      if ((g = h & (unsigned int) 0xf0000000) != 0)
+        h = (h ^ (g >> 24)) ^ g;
+    }
+
+  return (h % tablesize);
+}
--- a/lib/hash-pjw.h
+++ b/lib/hash-pjw.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* hash-pjw.h -- declaration for a simple hash function
+   Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+unsigned int
+hash_pjw (const void *x, unsigned int tablesize);
--- a/lib/hash.c
+++ b/lib/hash.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* hash - hashing table processing.
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Written by Jim Meyering, 1992.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -35,9 +35,16 @@ typedef enum {false = 0, true = 1} bool;
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <assert.h>

+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_FREE
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
 #if !HAVE_DECL_FREE
 void free ();
 #endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
 #if !HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
 char *malloc ();
 #endif
@@ -54,6 +61,40 @@ char *malloc ();

 #include "hash.h"

+struct hash_table
+  {
+    /* The array of buckets starts at BUCKET and extends to BUCKET_LIMIT-1,
+       for a possibility of N_BUCKETS.  Among those, N_BUCKETS_USED buckets
+       are not empty, there are N_ENTRIES active entries in the table.  */
+    struct hash_entry *bucket;
+    struct hash_entry *bucket_limit;
+    unsigned n_buckets;
+    unsigned n_buckets_used;
+    unsigned n_entries;
+
+    /* Tuning arguments, kept in a physicaly separate structure.  */
+    const Hash_tuning *tuning;
+
+    /* Three functions are given to `hash_initialize', see the documentation
+       block for this function.  In a word, HASHER randomizes a user entry
+       into a number up from 0 up to some maximum minus 1; COMPARATOR returns
+       true if two user entries compare equally; and DATA_FREER is the cleanup
+       function for a user entry.  */
+    Hash_hasher hasher;
+    Hash_comparator comparator;
+    Hash_data_freer data_freer;
+
+    /* A linked list of freed struct hash_entry structs.  */
+    struct hash_entry *free_entry_list;
+
+#if USE_OBSTACK
+    /* Whenever obstacks are used, it is possible to allocate all overflowed
+       entries into a single stack, so they all can be freed in a single
+       operation.  It is not clear if the speedup is worth the trouble.  */
+    struct obstack entry_stack;
+#endif
+  };
+
 /* A hash table contains many internal entries, each holding a pointer to
   some user provided data (also called a user entry).  An entry indistinctly
   refers to both the internal entry and its associated user entry.  A user
@@ -256,11 +297,12 @@ hash_get_first (const Hash_table *table)
      return bucket->data;

  assert (0);
+  return NULL;
 }

 /* Return the user data for the entry following ENTRY, where ENTRY has been
   returned by a previous call to either `hash_get_first' or `hash_get_next'.
-   Return NULL if there is no more entries.  */
+   Return NULL if there are no more entries.  */

 void *
 hash_get_next (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
@@ -277,7 +319,7 @@ hash_get_next (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
      return cursor->next->data;

  /* Find first entry in any subsequent bucket.  */
-  for (; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+  while (++bucket < table->bucket_limit)
    if (bucket->data)
      return bucket->data;

@@ -415,7 +457,7 @@ is_prime (unsigned long candidate)
      divisor++;
    }

-  return candidate % divisor != 0;
+  return (candidate % divisor ? true : false);
 }

 /* Round a given CANDIDATE number up to the nearest prime, and return that
@@ -445,8 +487,8 @@ hash_reset_tuning (Hash_tuning *tuning)

 /* For the given hash TABLE, check the user supplied tuning structure for
   reasonable values, and return true if there is no gross error with it.
-   Otherwise, definitvely reset the TUNING field to some acceptable default in
-   the hash table (that is, the user loses the right of further modifying
+   Otherwise, definitively reset the TUNING field to some acceptable default
+   in the hash table (that is, the user loses the right of further modifying
   tuning arguments), and return false.  */

 static bool
@@ -468,15 +510,14 @@ check_tuning (Hash_table *table)
  return false;
 }

-/* Allocate and return a new hash table, or NULL upon failure.  The
-   initial number of buckets is automatically selected so as to _guarantee_ that
-   you may insert at least CANDIDATE different user entries before any growth
-   of the hash table size occurs.  So, if have a reasonably tight a-priori
-   upper bound on the
-   number of entries you intend to insert in the hash table, you may save some
-   table memory and insertion time, by specifying it here.  If the
-   IS_N_BUCKETS field of the TUNING structure is true, the CANDIDATE argument
-   has its meaning changed to the wanted number of buckets.
+/* Allocate and return a new hash table, or NULL upon failure.  The initial
+   number of buckets is automatically selected so as to _guarantee_ that you
+   may insert at least CANDIDATE different user entries before any growth of
+   the hash table size occurs.  So, if have a reasonably tight a-priori upper
+   bound on the number of entries you intend to insert in the hash table, you
+   may save some table memory and insertion time, by specifying it here.  If
+   the IS_N_BUCKETS field of the TUNING structure is true, the CANDIDATE
+   argument has its meaning changed to the wanted number of buckets.

   TUNING points to a structure of user-supplied values, in case some fine
   tuning is wanted over the default behavior of the hasher.  If TUNING is
@@ -569,19 +610,22 @@ void
 hash_clear (Hash_table *table)
 {
  struct hash_entry *bucket;
-  struct hash_entry *cursor;

  for (bucket = table->bucket; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
    {
      if (bucket->data)
 	{
+	  struct hash_entry *cursor;
+	  struct hash_entry *next;
+
 	  /* Free the bucket overflow.  */
-	  for (cursor = bucket->next; cursor; cursor = cursor->next)
+	  for (cursor = bucket->next; cursor; cursor = next)
 	    {
 	      if (table->data_freer)
 		(*table->data_freer) (cursor->data);
 	      cursor->data = NULL;

+	      next = cursor->next;
 	      /* Relinking is done one entry at a time, as it is to be expected
 		 that overflows are either rare or short.  */
 	      cursor->next = table->free_entry_list;
@@ -717,7 +761,7 @@ hash_find_entry (Hash_table *table, const void *entry,
  if (bucket->data == NULL)
    return NULL;

-  /* Check if then entry is found as the bucket head.  */
+  /* See if the entry is the first in the bucket.  */
  if ((*table->comparator) (entry, bucket->data))
    {
      void *data = bucket->data;
@@ -769,8 +813,8 @@ hash_find_entry (Hash_table *table, const void *entry,

 /* For an already existing hash table, change the number of buckets through
   specifying CANDIDATE.  The contents of the hash table are preserved.  The
-   new number of buckets is automatically selected so as to _guarantee_ that the
-   table may receive at least CANDIDATE different user entries, including
+   new number of buckets is automatically selected so as to _guarantee_ that
+   the table may receive at least CANDIDATE different user entries, including
   those already in the table, before any other growth of the hash table size
   occurs.  If TUNING->IS_N_BUCKETS is true, then CANDIDATE specifies the
   exact number of buckets desired.  */
@@ -848,6 +892,7 @@ hash_rehash (Hash_table *table, unsigned candidate)
  table->bucket_limit = new_table->bucket_limit;
  table->n_buckets = new_table->n_buckets;
  table->n_buckets_used = new_table->n_buckets_used;
+  table->free_entry_list = new_table->free_entry_list;
  /* table->n_entries already holds its value.  */
 #if USE_OBSTACK
  table->entry_stack = new_table->entry_stack;
@@ -937,7 +982,8 @@ hash_delete (Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
  void *data;
  struct hash_entry *bucket;

-  if (data = hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, true), !data)
+  data = hash_find_entry (table, entry, &bucket, true);
+  if (!data)
    return NULL;

  table->n_entries--;
@@ -986,13 +1032,14 @@ hash_print (const Hash_table *table)
      struct hash_entry *cursor;

      if (bucket)
-	printf ("%d:\n", slot);
+	printf ("%d:\n", bucket - table->bucket);

      for (cursor = bucket; cursor; cursor = cursor->next)
 	{
 	  char *s = (char *) cursor->data;
 	  /* FIXME */
-	  printf ("  %s\n", s);
+	  if (s)
+	    printf ("  %s\n", s);
 	}
    }
 }
--- a/lib/hash.h
+++ b/lib/hash.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* hash - hashing table processing.
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@ascend.com>, 1998.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -21,13 +21,16 @@
 /* Make sure USE_OBSTACK is defined to 1 if you want the allocator to use
   obstacks instead of malloc, and recompile `hash.c' with same setting.  */

-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if PROTOTYPES || __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#ifndef HASH_H_
+# define HASH_H_
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if PROTOTYPES || __STDC__
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
 # endif
-#endif

 typedef unsigned (*Hash_hasher) PARAMS ((const void *, unsigned));
 typedef bool (*Hash_comparator) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
@@ -54,39 +57,7 @@ struct hash_tuning

 typedef struct hash_tuning Hash_tuning;

-struct hash_table
-  {
-    /* The array of buckets starts at BUCKET and extends to BUCKET_LIMIT-1,
-       for a possibility of N_BUCKETS.  Among those, N_BUCKETS_USED buckets
-       are not empty, there are N_ENTRIES active entries in the table.  */
-    struct hash_entry *bucket;
-    struct hash_entry *bucket_limit;
-    unsigned n_buckets;
-    unsigned n_buckets_used;
-    unsigned n_entries;
-
-    /* Tuning arguments, kept in a physicaly separate structure.  */
-    const Hash_tuning *tuning;
-
-    /* Three functions are given to `hash_initialize', see the documentation
-       block for this function.  In a word, HASHER randomizes a user entry
-       into a number up from 0 up to some maximum minus 1; COMPARATOR returns
-       true if two user entries compare equally; and DATA_FREER is the cleanup
-       function for a user entry.  */
-    Hash_hasher hasher;
-    Hash_comparator comparator;
-    Hash_data_freer data_freer;
-
-    /* A linked list of freed struct hash_entry structs.  */
-    struct hash_entry *free_entry_list;
-
-#if USE_OBSTACK
-    /* Whenever obstacks are used, it is possible to allocate all overflowed
-       entries into a single stack, so they all can be freed in a single
-       operation.  It is not clear if the speedup is worth the trouble.  */
-    struct obstack entry_stack;
-#endif
-  };
+struct hash_table;

 typedef struct hash_table Hash_table;

@@ -118,3 +89,5 @@ void hash_free PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
 bool hash_rehash PARAMS ((Hash_table *, unsigned));
 void *hash_insert PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
 void *hash_delete PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
+
+#endif
--- a/lib/human.c
+++ b/lib/human.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* human.c -- print human readable file size
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -44,6 +44,9 @@
 #endif

 #ifndef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_GETENV
 char *getenv ();
 #endif

@@ -73,6 +76,23 @@ static const char suffixes[] =
  'Y'	/* Yotta */
 };

+/* If INEXACT_STYLE is not human_round_to_even, and if easily
+   possible, adjust VALUE according to the style.  */
+static double
+adjust_value (enum human_inexact_style inexact_style, double value)
+{
+  /* Do not use the floor or ceil functions, as that would mean
+     linking with the standard math library, which is a porting pain.
+     So leave the value alone if it is too large to easily round.  */
+  if (inexact_style != human_round_to_even && value < (uintmax_t) -1)
+    {
+      uintmax_t u = value;
+      value = u + (inexact_style == human_ceiling && u != value);
+    }
+
+  return value;
+}
+
 /* Like human_readable_inexact, except always round to even.  */
 char *
 human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf,
@@ -87,9 +107,8 @@ human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf,
   N is expressed in units of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE.  FROM_BLOCK_SIZE must
   be nonnegative.

-   If OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is positive, use units of OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE in
-   the output number.  OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE must be a multiple of
-   FROM_BLOCK_SIZE or vice versa.
+   OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE must be nonzero.  If it is positive, use units of
+   OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE in the output number.

   Use INEXACT_STYLE to determine whether to take the ceiling or floor
   of any result that cannot be expressed exactly.
@@ -145,57 +164,58 @@ human_readable_inexact (uintmax_t n, char *buf,

  /* Adjust AMT out of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE units and into TO_BLOCK_SIZE units.  */

-  if (to_block_size <= from_block_size)
-    {
-      int multiplier = from_block_size / to_block_size;
-      amt = n * multiplier;
+  {
+    int multiplier;
+    int divisor;
+    int r2;
+    int r10;
+    if (to_block_size <= from_block_size
+	? (from_block_size % to_block_size != 0
+	   || (multiplier = from_block_size / to_block_size,
+	       (amt = n * multiplier) / multiplier != n))
+	: (from_block_size == 0
+	   || to_block_size % from_block_size != 0
+	   || (divisor = to_block_size / from_block_size,
+	       r10 = (n % divisor) * 10,
+	       r2 = (r10 % divisor) * 2,
+	       amt = n / divisor,
+	       tenths = r10 / divisor,
+	       rounding = r2 < divisor ? 0 < r2 : 2 + (divisor < r2),
+	       0)))
+      {
+	/* Either the result cannot be computed easily using uintmax_t,
+	   or from_block_size is zero.  Fall back on floating point.
+	   FIXME: This can yield answers that are slightly off.  */

-      if (amt / multiplier != n)
-	{
-	  /* Overflow occurred during multiplication.  We should use
-	     multiple precision arithmetic here, but we'll be lazy and
-	     resort to floating point.  This can yield answers that
-	     are slightly off.  In practice it is quite rare to
-	     overflow uintmax_t, so this is good enough for now.  */
+	double damt = n * (from_block_size / (double) to_block_size);

-	  double damt = n * (double) multiplier;
+	if (! base)
+	  sprintf (buf, "%.0f", adjust_value (inexact_style, damt));
+	else
+	  {
+	    double e = 1;
+	    power = 0;

-	  if (! base)
-	    sprintf (buf, "%.0f", damt);
-	  else
-	    {
-	      double e = 1;
-	      power = 0;
+	    do
+	      {
+		e *= base;
+		power++;
+	      }
+	    while (e * base <= damt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);

-	      do
-		{
-		  e *= base;
-		  power++;
-		}
-	      while (e * base <= damt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);
+	    damt /= e;

-	      damt /= e;
-
-	      sprintf (buf, "%.1f%c", damt, suffixes[power]);
-	      if (4 < strlen (buf))
-		sprintf (buf, "%.0f%c", damt, suffixes[power]);
-	    }
-
-	  return buf;
-	}
-    }
-  else if (from_block_size == 0)
-    amt = 0;
-  else
-    {
-      int divisor = to_block_size / from_block_size;
-      int r10 = (n % divisor) * 10;
-      int r2 = (r10 % divisor) * 2;
-      amt = n / divisor;
-      tenths = r10 / divisor;
-      rounding = r2 < divisor ? 0 < r2 : 2 + (divisor < r2);
-    }
+	    sprintf (buf, "%.1f%c", adjust_value (inexact_style, damt),
+		     suffixes[power]);
+	    if (4 < strlen (buf))
+	      sprintf (buf, "%.0f%c",
+		       adjust_value (inexact_style, damt * 10) / 10,
+		       suffixes[power]);
+	  }

+	return buf;
+      }
+  }

  /* Use power of BASE notation if adjusted AMT is large enough.  */

--- a/lib/interlock
+++ b/lib/interlock
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-
-# interlock - wrap program invocation in lock to allow
-#             parallel builds to work.
-# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>, Aug 10 1996
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-# Usage:
-#   interlock lock-dir-name program args-to-program...
-
-dirname="$1"
-program="$2"
-
-shift
-shift
-
-while (mkdir $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1 && exit 1 || exit 0); do
-   # Wait a bit.
-   sleep 1
-done
-
-# Race condition here: if interrupted after the loop but before this
-# trap, the lock can be left around.
-trap "rmdir $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1" 1 2 3 15
-
-# We have the lock, so run the program.
-$program ${1+"$@"}
-ret=$?
-
-# Release the lock.
-rmdir $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1
-
-exit $ret
--- a/lib/linebuffer.c
+++ b/lib/linebuffer.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* linebuffer.c -- read arbitrarily long lines
-   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -24,9 +24,9 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include "linebuffer.h"
+#include "unlocked-io.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"

-char *xmalloc ();
-char *xrealloc ();
 void free ();

 /* Initialize linebuffer LINEBUFFER for use. */
@@ -36,14 +36,16 @@ initbuffer (struct linebuffer *linebuffer)
 {
  linebuffer->length = 0;
  linebuffer->size = 200;
-  linebuffer->buffer = (char *) xmalloc (linebuffer->size);
+  linebuffer->buffer = xmalloc (linebuffer->size);
 }

 /* Read an arbitrarily long line of text from STREAM into LINEBUFFER.
   Keep the newline; append a newline if it's the last line of a file
   that ends in a non-newline character.  Do not null terminate.
-   Return LINEBUFFER, except at end of file return 0.  */
-
+   Therefore the stream can contain NUL bytes, and the length
+   (including the newline) is returned in linebuffer->length.
+   Return NULL upon error, or when STREAM is empty.
+   Otherwise, return LINEBUFFER.  */
 struct linebuffer *
 readline (struct linebuffer *linebuffer, FILE *stream)
 {
@@ -53,7 +55,7 @@ readline (struct linebuffer *linebuffer, FILE *stream)
  char *end = buffer + linebuffer->size; /* Sentinel. */

  if (feof (stream) || ferror (stream))
-    return 0;
+    return NULL;

  do
    {
@@ -61,7 +63,7 @@ readline (struct linebuffer *linebuffer, FILE *stream)
      if (c == EOF)
 	{
 	  if (p == buffer)
-	    return 0;
+	    return NULL;
 	  if (p[-1] == '\n')
 	    break;
 	  c = '\n';
@@ -69,7 +71,7 @@ readline (struct linebuffer *linebuffer, FILE *stream)
      if (p == end)
 	{
 	  linebuffer->size *= 2;
-	  buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, linebuffer->size);
+	  buffer = xrealloc (buffer, linebuffer->size);
 	  p = p - linebuffer->buffer + buffer;
 	  linebuffer->buffer = buffer;
 	  end = buffer + linebuffer->size;
--- a/lib/localcharset.c
+++ b/lib/localcharset.c
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32   /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#  include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+#   include <locale.h>
+#  endif
+# endif
+#else /* WIN32 */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+#endif
+
+/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+   possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+   are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+   'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
+   and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
+   are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix.  */
+#if __STDC__ != 1
+# define volatile /* empty */
+#endif
+/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+   read, else NULL.  Its format is:
+   ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0'  */
+static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file.  */
+static const char *
+get_charset_aliases ()
+{
+  const char *cp;
+
+  cp = charset_aliases;
+  if (cp == NULL)
+    {
+#ifndef WIN32
+      FILE *fp;
+      const char *dir = LIBDIR;
+      const char *base = "charset.alias";
+      char *file_name;
+
+      /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name.  */
+      {
+	size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
+	size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+	int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
+	file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
+	if (file_name != NULL)
+	  {
+	    memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
+	    if (add_slash)
+	      file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+	    memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
+	  }
+      }
+
+      if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
+	/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty.  */
+	cp = "";
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Parse the file's contents.  */
+	  int c;
+	  char buf1[50+1];
+	  char buf2[50+1];
+	  char *res_ptr = NULL;
+	  size_t res_size = 0;
+	  size_t l1, l2;
+
+	  for (;;)
+	    {
+	      c = getc (fp);
+	      if (c == EOF)
+		break;
+	      if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+		continue;
+	      if (c == '#')
+		{
+		  /* Skip comment, to end of line.  */
+		  do
+		    c = getc (fp);
+		  while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
+		  if (c == EOF)
+		    break;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      ungetc (c, fp);
+	      if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+		break;
+	      l1 = strlen (buf1);
+	      l2 = strlen (buf2);
+	      if (res_size == 0)
+		{
+		  res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      if (res_ptr == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* Out of memory. */
+		  res_size = 0;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
+	    }
+	  fclose (fp);
+	  if (res_size == 0)
+	    cp = "";
+	  else
+	    {
+	      *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
+	      cp = res_ptr;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (file_name != NULL)
+	free (file_name);
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+      /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+	 directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+	 runtime, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+
+      cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+	   "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
+#endif
+
+      charset_aliases = cp;
+    }
+
+  return cp;
+}
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name.  */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset ()
+{
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *aliases;
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+  /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
+  codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+# else
+
+  /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv.  */
+  const char *locale = NULL;
+
+  /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales.  Some
+     (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale.  Therefore we don't
+     use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
+     locale name the user has set.  */
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0
+  locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+#  endif
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+	  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	    locale = getenv ("LANG");
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
+     you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
+     through the charset.alias file.  */
+  codeset = locale;
+
+# endif
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+  /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+  codeset = buf;
+
+#endif
+
+  if (codeset == NULL)
+    /* The canonical name cannot be determined.  */
+    codeset = "";
+
+  /* Resolve alias. */
+  for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+       *aliases != '\0';
+       aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+    if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
+	|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
+      {
+	codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+	break;
+      }
+
+  return codeset;
+}
--- a/lib/long-options.c
+++ b/lib/long-options.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Utility to accept --help and --version options as unobtrusively as possible.
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,7 +23,10 @@

 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <getopt.h>
-#include "closeout.h"
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
 #include "long-options.h"
 #include "version-etc.h"

@@ -71,8 +74,6 @@ parse_long_options (int argc,

 	case 'v':
 	  version_etc (stdout, command_name, package, version, authors);
-	  close_stdout (); /* FIXME: output failure exit status
-			      should be settable via an arg.  */
 	  exit (0);

 	default:
--- a/lib/makepath.c
+++ b/lib/makepath.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* makepath.c -- Ensure that a directory path exists.
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -50,6 +50,10 @@ char *alloca ();
 # define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif

+#ifndef S_IRWXUGO
+# define S_IRWXUGO (S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO)
+#endif
+
 #if STDC_HEADERS
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
@@ -110,15 +114,10 @@ extern int errno;
 # define _(Text) Text
 #endif

-#ifdef __MSDOS__
-typedef int uid_t;
-typedef int gid_t;
-#endif
-
 #include "save-cwd.h"
+#include "dirname.h"
 #include "error.h"
-
-void strip_trailing_slashes ();
+#include "quote.h"

 #define CLEANUP_CWD					\
  do							\
@@ -148,10 +147,10 @@ void strip_trailing_slashes ();
   function creates DIR and to zero otherwise.  Give a diagnostic and
   return non-zero if DIR cannot be created or cannot be determined to
   exist already.  Use DIRPATH in any diagnostic, not DIR.
-   Note that if DIR already exists, this function will return zero
-   (indicating success) and will set *CREATED_DIR_P to zero.  */
+   Note that if DIR already exists, this function returns zero
+   (indicating success) and sets *CREATED_DIR_P to zero.  */

-static int
+int
 make_dir (const char *dir, const char *dirpath, mode_t mode, int *created_dir_p)
 {
  int fail = 0;
@@ -174,12 +173,13 @@ make_dir (const char *dir, const char *dirpath, mode_t mode, int *created_dir_p)

      if (stat (dir, &stats))
 	{
-	  error (0, saved_errno, _("cannot create directory `%s'"), dirpath);
+	  error (0, saved_errno, _("cannot create directory %s"),
+		 quote (dirpath));
 	  fail = 1;
 	}
      else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
 	{
-	  error (0, 0, _("`%s' exists but is not a directory"), dirpath);
+	  error (0, 0, _("%s exists but is not a directory"), quote (dirpath));
 	  fail = 1;
 	}
      else
@@ -195,7 +195,6 @@ make_dir (const char *dir, const char *dirpath, mode_t mode, int *created_dir_p)
 }

 /* Ensure that the directory ARGPATH exists.
-   Remove any trailing slashes from ARGPATH before calling this function.

   Create any leading directories that don't already exist, with
   permissions PARENT_MODE.
@@ -308,7 +307,7 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	  if (newly_created_dir)
 	    {
 	      if (verbose_fmt_string)
-		fprintf (stderr, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
+		error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, quote (dirpath));

 	      if ((owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
 		  && chown (basename_dir, owner, group)
@@ -317,7 +316,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 #endif
 		  )
 		{
-		  error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+		  error (0, errno, _("cannot change owner and/or group of %s"),
+			 quote (dirpath));
 		  CLEANUP;
 		  return 1;
 		}
@@ -338,7 +338,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	     stat and mkdir process O(n^2) file name components.  */
 	  if (do_chdir && chdir (basename_dir) < 0)
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chdir to directory, %s"), dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chdir to directory, %s"),
+		     quote (dirpath));
 	      CLEANUP;
 	      return 1;
 	    }
@@ -367,7 +368,7 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
      umask (oldmask);

      if (verbose_fmt_string != NULL)
-	error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
+	error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, quote (dirpath));

      if (owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
 	{
@@ -377,18 +378,24 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 #endif
 	      )
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chown %s"), dirpath);
-	      retval = 1;
-	    }
-	  /* chown may have turned off some permission bits we wanted.  */
-	  if ((mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX))
-	      && chmod (basename_dir, mode))
-	    {
-	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chmod %s"), dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot change owner and/or group of %s"),
+		     quote (dirpath));
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	}

+      /* The above chown may have turned off some permission bits in MODE.
+	 Another reason we may have to use chmod here is that mkdir(2) is
+	 required to honor only the file permission bits.  In particular,
+	 it need not honor the `special' bits, so if MODE includes any
+	 special bits, set them here.  */
+      if ((mode & ~S_IRWXUGO)
+	  && chmod (basename_dir, mode))
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, _("cannot change permissions of %s"), quote (dirpath));
+	  retval = 1;
+	}
+
      CLEANUP_CWD;

      /* If the mode for leading directories didn't include owner "wx"
@@ -399,7 +406,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	  *(p->dirname_end) = '\0';
 	  if (chmod (dirpath, parent_mode))
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, "cannot change permissions of %s",
+		     quote (dirpath));
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -412,7 +420,7 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,

      if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
 	{
-	  error (0, 0, _("`%s' exists but is not a directory"), dirpath);
+	  error (0, 0, _("%s exists but is not a directory"), quote (dirpath));
 	  return 1;
 	}

@@ -431,12 +439,14 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 #endif
 	      )
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot change owner and/or group of %s"),
+		     quote (dirpath));
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	  if (chmod (dirpath, mode))
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot change permissions of %s"),
+				 quote (dirpath));
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	}
--- a/lib/makepath.h
+++ b/lib/makepath.h
@@ -14,3 +14,9 @@ make_path PARAMS ((const char *_argpath,
 		   gid_t _group,
 		   int _preserve_existing,
 		   const char *_verbose_fmt_string));
+
+int
+make_dir PARAMS ((const char *dir,
+		  const char *dirpath,
+		  mode_t mode,
+		  int *created_dir_p));
--- a/lib/mbswidth.c
+++ b/lib/mbswidth.c
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get MB_CUR_MAX.  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Get isprint().  */
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* Get mbstate_t, mbrtowc(), mbsinit(), wcwidth().  */
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_H
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get iswprint(), iswcntrl().  */
+#if HAVE_WCTYPE_H
+# include <wctype.h>
+#endif
+#if !defined iswprint && !HAVE_ISWPRINT
+# define iswprint(wc) 1
+#endif
+#if !defined iswcntrl && !HAVE_ISWCNTRL
+# define iswcntrl(wc) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef mbsinit
+# if !HAVE_MBSINIT
+#  define mbsinit(ps) 1
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH
+int wcwidth ();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef wcwidth
+# if !HAVE_WCWIDTH
+/* wcwidth doesn't exist, so assume all printable characters have
+   width 1.  */
+#  define wcwidth(wc) ((wc) == 0 ? 0 : iswprint (wc) ? 1 : -1)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Get ISPRINT.  */
+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+/* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
+#undef ISPRINT
+#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
+#undef ISCNTRL
+#define ISCNTRL(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && iscntrl (c))
+
+#include "mbswidth.h"
+
+/* Returns the number of columns needed to represent the multibyte
+   character string pointed to by STRING.  If a non-printable character
+   occurs, and MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE is specified, -1 is returned.
+   With flags = MBSW_REJECT_INVALID | MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE, this is
+   the multibyte analogon of the wcswidth function.  */
+int
+mbswidth (string, flags)
+     const char *string;
+     int flags;
+{
+  return mbsnwidth (string, strlen (string), flags);
+}
+
+/* Returns the number of columns needed to represent the multibyte
+   character string pointed to by STRING of length NBYTES.  If a
+   non-printable character occurs, and MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE is
+   specified, -1 is returned.  */
+int
+mbsnwidth (string, nbytes, flags)
+     const char *string;
+     size_t nbytes;
+     int flags;
+{
+  const char *p = string;
+  const char *plimit = p + nbytes;
+  int width;
+
+  width = 0;
+#if HAVE_MBRTOWC
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+    {
+      while (p < plimit)
+	switch (*p)
+	  {
+	    case ' ': case '!': case '"': case '#': case '%':
+	    case '&': case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*':
+	    case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
+	    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+	    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+	    case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>':
+	    case '?':
+	    case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E':
+	    case 'F': case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J':
+	    case 'K': case 'L': case 'M': case 'N': case 'O':
+	    case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T':
+	    case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': case 'Y':
+	    case 'Z':
+	    case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_':
+	    case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e':
+	    case 'f': case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j':
+	    case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n': case 'o':
+	    case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
+	    case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y':
+	    case 'z': case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
+	      /* These characters are printable ASCII characters.  */
+	      p++;
+	      width++;
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      /* If we have a multibyte sequence, scan it up to its end.  */
+	      {
+		mbstate_t mbstate;
+		memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
+		do
+		  {
+		    wchar_t wc;
+		    size_t bytes;
+		    int w;
+
+		    bytes = mbrtowc (&wc, p, plimit - p, &mbstate);
+
+		    if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
+		      /* An invalid multibyte sequence was encountered.  */
+		      {
+			if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_INVALID))
+			  {
+			    p++;
+			    width++;
+			    break;
+			  }
+			else
+			  return -1;
+		      }
+
+		    if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
+		      /* An incomplete multibyte character at the end.  */
+		      {
+			if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_INVALID))
+			  {
+			    p = plimit;
+			    width++;
+			    break;
+			  }
+			else
+			  return -1;
+		      }
+
+		    if (bytes == 0)
+		      /* A null wide character was encountered.  */
+		      bytes = 1;
+
+		    w = wcwidth (wc);
+		    if (w >= 0)
+		      /* A printable multibyte character.  */
+		      width += w;
+		    else
+		      /* An unprintable multibyte character.  */
+		      if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE))
+			width += (iswcntrl (wc) ? 0 : 1);
+		      else
+			return -1;
+
+		    p += bytes;
+		  }
+		while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
+	      }
+	      break;
+	  }
+      return width;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  while (p < plimit)
+    {
+      unsigned char c = (unsigned char) *p++;
+
+      if (ISPRINT (c))
+	width++;
+      else if (!(flags & MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE))
+	width += (ISCNTRL (c) ? 0 : 1);
+      else
+	return -1;
+    }
+  return width;
+}
--- a/lib/mbswidth.h
+++ b/lib/mbswidth.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined (__GNUC__) || __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Optional flags to influence mbswidth/mbsnwidth behavior.  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, return -1 upon finding an invalid or incomplete
+   character.  Otherwise, assume invalid characters have width 1.  */
+#define MBSW_REJECT_INVALID 1
+
+/* If this bit is set, return -1 upon finding a non-printable character.
+   Otherwise, assume unprintable characters have width 0 if they are
+   control characters and 1 otherwise.  */
+#define MBSW_REJECT_UNPRINTABLE	2
+
+/* Returns the number of screen columns needed for STRING.  */
+#define mbswidth gnu_mbswidth  /* avoid clash with UnixWare 7.1.1 function */
+extern int mbswidth PARAMS ((const char *string, int flags));
+
+/* Returns the number of screen columns needed for the NBYTES bytes
+   starting at BUF.  */
+extern int mbsnwidth PARAMS ((const char *buf, size_t nbytes, int flags));
--- a/lib/md5.c
+++ b/lib/md5.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* md5.c - Functions to compute MD5 message digest of files or memory blocks
   according to the definition of MD5 in RFC 1321 from April 1992.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.

@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
 #endif

 #include "md5.h"
+#include "unlocked-io.h"

 #ifdef _LIBC
 # include <endian.h>
@@ -304,19 +305,16 @@ md5_process_block (buffer, len, ctx)
        {								\
 	  a += FF (b, c, d) + (*cwp++ = SWAP (*words)) + T;		\
 	  ++words;							\
-	  CYCLIC (a, s);						\
+	  a = rol (a, s);						\
 	  a += b;							\
        }								\
      while (0)

-      /* It is unfortunate that C does not provide an operator for
-	 cyclic rotation.  Hope the C compiler is smart enough.  */
-#define CYCLIC(w, s) (w = (w << s) | (w >> (32 - s)))
-
      /* Before we start, one word to the strange constants.
 	 They are defined in RFC 1321 as

-	 T[i] = (int) (4294967296.0 * fabs (sin (i))), i=1..64
+	 T[i] = (int) (4294967296.0 * fabs (sin (i))), i=1..64, or
+	 perl -e 'foreach(1..64){printf "0x%08x\n", int (4294967296 * abs (sin $_))}'
       */

      /* Round 1.  */
@@ -345,7 +343,7 @@ md5_process_block (buffer, len, ctx)
      do 								\
 	{								\
 	  a += f (b, c, d) + correct_words[k] + T;			\
-	  CYCLIC (a, s);						\
+	  a = rol (a, s);						\
 	  a += b;							\
 	}								\
      while (0)
--- a/lib/md5.h
+++ b/lib/md5.h
@@ -143,4 +143,19 @@ extern int md5_stream __P ((FILE *stream, void *resblock));
   digest.  */
 extern void *md5_buffer __P ((const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock));

+/* The following is from gnupg-1.0.2's cipher/bithelp.h.  */
+/* Rotate a 32 bit integer by n bytes */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && defined __i386__
+static inline md5_uint32
+rol(md5_uint32 x, int n)
+{
+  __asm__("roll %%cl,%0"
+	  :"=r" (x)
+	  :"0" (x),"c" (n));
+  return x;
+}
+#else
+# define rol(x,n) ( ((x) << (n)) | ((x) >> (32-(n))) )
+#endif
+
 #endif
--- a/lib/memcasecmp.c
+++ b/lib/memcasecmp.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Case-insensitive buffer comparator.
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,9 +15,9 @@
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

-/* Jim Meyering (meyering@na-net.ornl.gov) */
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */

-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

@@ -25,16 +25,16 @@
 #include <ctype.h>

 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(Char) 1
 #else
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(Char) isascii(Char)
 #endif
-#define ISLOWER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && islower (c))
+#define ISLOWER(Char) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Char) && islower (Char))

 #if _LIBC || STDC_HEADERS
-# define TOUPPER(c) toupper (c)
+# define TOUPPER(Char) toupper (Char)
 #else
-# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER (c) ? toupper (c) : (c))
+# define TOUPPER(Char) (ISLOWER (Char) ? toupper (Char) : (Char))
 #endif

 #include "memcasecmp.h"
@@ -44,14 +44,11 @@
   join -i works with sort -f.  */

 int
-memcasecmp (vs1, vs2, n)
-     const void *vs1;
-     const void *vs2;
-     size_t n;
+memcasecmp (const void *vs1, const void *vs2, size_t n)
 {
  unsigned int i;
-  unsigned char *s1 = (unsigned char *) vs1;
-  unsigned char *s2 = (unsigned char *) vs2;
+  unsigned char const *s1 = (unsigned char const *) vs1;
+  unsigned char const *s2 = (unsigned char const *) vs2;
  for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
    {
      unsigned char u1 = *s1++;
--- a/lib/memchr.c
+++ b/lib/memchr.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991,93,96,97,99,2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
   with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
   commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
@@ -34,11 +34,18 @@ USA.  */
 # define __ptr_t char *
 #endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */

-#if defined (_LIBC)
+#if defined _LIBC
 # include <string.h>
+# include <memcopy.h>
+#else
+# define reg_char char
 #endif

-#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H) || defined (_LIBC)
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || defined _LIBC
 # include <limits.h>
 #endif

@@ -49,21 +56,28 @@ USA.  */
 #endif

 #include <sys/types.h>
+#if HAVE_BP_SYM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <bp-sym.h>
+#else
+# define BP_SYM(sym) sym
+#endif

+#undef memchr
+#undef __memchr

 /* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
-
 __ptr_t
-memchr (s, c, n)
+__memchr (s, c_in, n)
     const __ptr_t s;
-     int c;
+     int c_in;
     size_t n;
 {
  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
  const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
  unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
+  unsigned reg_char c;

-  c = (unsigned char) c;
+  c = (unsigned char) c_in;

  /* Handle the first few characters by reading one character at a time.
     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
@@ -197,3 +211,6 @@ memchr (s, c, n)

  return 0;
 }
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__memchr, BP_SYM (memchr))
+#endif
--- a/lib/memcmp.c
+++ b/lib/memcmp.c
@@ -49,6 +49,11 @@
 #ifdef _LIBC

 # include <memcopy.h>
+# include <endian.h>
+
+# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# endif

 #else	/* Not in the GNU C library.  */

--- a/lib/memcoll.c
+++ b/lib/memcoll.c
@@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif

+#include <sys/types.h>
+
 #if HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #endif
--- a/lib/memcpy.c
+++ b/lib/memcpy.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,10 +25,7 @@
   Return DESTADDR. */

 char *
-memcpy (destaddr, srcaddr, len)
-     char *destaddr;
-     const char *srcaddr;
-     int len;
+memcpy (char *destaddr, const char *srcaddr, int len)
 {
  char *dest = destaddr;

--- a/lib/memrchr.c
+++ b/lib/memrchr.c
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/* memrchr -- find the last occurrence of a byte in a memory block
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 93, 96, 97, 99, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
+   with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
+   commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
+   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
+   and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#undef __ptr_t
+#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+# define __ptr_t void *
+#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
+# define __ptr_t char *
+#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
+
+#if defined (_LIBC)
+# include <string.h>
+# include <memcopy.h>
+#else
+# define reg_char char
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H) || defined (_LIBC)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#define LONG_MAX_32_BITS 2147483647
+
+#ifndef LONG_MAX
+# define LONG_MAX LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#undef __memrchr
+#undef memrchr
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __memrchr memrchr
+#endif
+
+/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
+__ptr_t
+__memrchr (s, c_in, n)
+     const __ptr_t s;
+     int c_in;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
+  unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
+  unsigned reg_char c;
+
+  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
+
+  /* Handle the last few characters by reading one character at a time.
+     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s + n;
+       n > 0 && ((unsigned long int) char_ptr
+		 & (sizeof (longword) - 1)) != 0;
+       --n)
+    if (*--char_ptr == c)
+      return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+
+  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+     but the theory applies equally well to 8-byte longwords.  */
+
+  longword_ptr = (unsigned long int *) char_ptr;
+
+  /* Bits 31, 24, 16, and 8 of this number are zero.  Call these bits
+     the "holes."  Note that there is a hole just to the left of
+     each byte, with an extra at the end:
+
+     bits:  01111110 11111110 11111110 11111111
+     bytes: AAAAAAAA BBBBBBBB CCCCCCCC DDDDDDDD
+
+     The 1-bits make sure that carries propagate to the next 0-bit.
+     The 0-bits provide holes for carries to fall into.  */
+
+  if (sizeof (longword) != 4 && sizeof (longword) != 8)
+    abort ();
+
+#if LONG_MAX <= LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  magic_bits = 0x7efefeff;
+#else
+  magic_bits = ((unsigned long int) 0x7efefefe << 32) | 0xfefefeff;
+#endif
+
+  /* Set up a longword, each of whose bytes is C.  */
+  charmask = c | (c << 8);
+  charmask |= charmask << 16;
+#if LONG_MAX > LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  charmask |= charmask << 32;
+#endif
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each character,
+     we will test a longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing
+     if *any of the four* bytes in the longword in question are zero.  */
+  while (n >= sizeof (longword))
+    {
+      /* We tentatively exit the loop if adding MAGIC_BITS to
+	 LONGWORD fails to change any of the hole bits of LONGWORD.
+
+	 1) Is this safe?  Will it catch all the zero bytes?
+	 Suppose there is a byte with all zeros.  Any carry bits
+	 propagating from its left will fall into the hole at its
+	 least significant bit and stop.  Since there will be no
+	 carry from its most significant bit, the LSB of the
+	 byte to the left will be unchanged, and the zero will be
+	 detected.
+
+	 2) Is this worthwhile?  Will it ignore everything except
+	 zero bytes?  Suppose every byte of LONGWORD has a bit set
+	 somewhere.  There will be a carry into bit 8.  If bit 8
+	 is set, this will carry into bit 16.  If bit 8 is clear,
+	 one of bits 9-15 must be set, so there will be a carry
+	 into bit 16.  Similarly, there will be a carry into bit
+	 24.  If one of bits 24-30 is set, there will be a carry
+	 into bit 31, so all of the hole bits will be changed.
+
+	 The one misfire occurs when bits 24-30 are clear and bit
+	 31 is set; in this case, the hole at bit 31 is not
+	 changed.  If we had access to the processor carry flag,
+	 we could close this loophole by putting the fourth hole
+	 at bit 32!
+
+	 So it ignores everything except 128's, when they're aligned
+	 properly.
+
+	 3) But wait!  Aren't we looking for C, not zero?
+	 Good point.  So what we do is XOR LONGWORD with a longword,
+	 each of whose bytes is C.  This turns each byte that is C
+	 into a zero.  */
+
+      longword = *--longword_ptr ^ charmask;
+
+      /* Add MAGIC_BITS to LONGWORD.  */
+      if ((((longword + magic_bits)
+
+	    /* Set those bits that were unchanged by the addition.  */
+	    ^ ~longword)
+
+	   /* Look at only the hole bits.  If any of the hole bits
+	      are unchanged, most likely one of the bytes was a
+	      zero.  */
+	   & ~magic_bits) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* Which of the bytes was C?  If none of them were, it was
+	     a misfire; continue the search.  */
+
+	  const unsigned char *cp = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+#if LONG_MAX > 2147483647
+	  if (cp[7] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[7];
+	  if (cp[6] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[6];
+	  if (cp[5] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[5];
+	  if (cp[4] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[4];
+#endif
+	  if (cp[3] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[3];
+	  if (cp[2] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[2];
+	  if (cp[1] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[1];
+	  if (cp[0] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) cp;
+	}
+
+      n -= sizeof (longword);
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+  while (n-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (*--char_ptr == c)
+	return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__memrchr, memrchr)
+#endif
--- a/lib/mkdir.c
+++ b/lib/mkdir.c
@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
-/* BSD compatible make directory function for System V
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* On some systems, mkdir ("foo/", 0700) fails because of the trailing
+   slash.  On those systems, this wrapper removes the trailing slash.
+   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,94 +16,61 @@
   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */

-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Disable the definition of mkdir to rpl_mkdir (from config.h) in this
+   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_mkdir on
+   most systems.  */
+#undef mkdir

 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
 #endif

-#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef S_ISDIR
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
 #endif

-#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#include "dirname.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_FREE
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_FREE
+void free ();
 #endif

-#ifndef S_IRWXU
-# define S_IRWXU 0700
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IRWXG
-# define S_IRWXG 0070
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IRWXO
-# define S_IRWXO 0007
-#endif
-
-/* mkdir adapted from GNU tar.  */
-
-/* Make directory DPATH, with permission mode DMODE.
-
-   Written by Robert Rother, Mariah Corporation, August 1985
-   (sdcsvax!rmr or rmr@uscd).  If you want it, it's yours.
-
-   Severely hacked over by John Gilmore to make a 4.2BSD compatible
-   subroutine.	11Mar86; hoptoad!gnu
-
-   Modified by rmtodd@uokmax 6-28-87 -- when making an already existing dir,
-   subroutine didn't return EEXIST.  It does now.  */
+/* This function is required at least for NetBSD 1.5.2.  */

 int
-mkdir (const char *dpath, mode_t dmode)
+rpl_mkdir (char const *dir, mode_t mode)
 {
-  pid_t cpid;
-  mode_t mode;
-  int status;
-  struct stat statbuf;
+  int ret_val;
+  char *tmp_dir;
+  size_t len = strlen (dir);

-  if (stat (dpath, &statbuf) == 0)
+  if (len && dir[len - 1] == '/')
    {
-      errno = EEXIST;		/* stat worked, so it already exists.  */
-      return -1;
+      tmp_dir = xstrdup (dir);
+      strip_trailing_slashes (tmp_dir);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      tmp_dir = (char *) dir;
    }

-  /* If stat fails for a reason other than non-existence, return error.  */
-  if (errno != ENOENT)
-    return -1;
+  ret_val = mkdir (tmp_dir, mode);

-  cpid = fork ();
-  switch (cpid)
-    {
-    case -1:			/* Cannot fork.  */
-      return -1;		/* errno is already set.  */
+  if (tmp_dir != dir)
+    free (tmp_dir);

-    case 0:			/* Child process.  */
-      /* Cheap hack to set mode of new directory.  Since this child
-	 process is going away anyway, we zap its umask.
-	 This won't suffice to set SUID, SGID, etc. on this
-	 directory, so the parent process calls chmod afterward.  */
-      mode = umask (0);	/* Get current umask.  */
-      /* Set for mkdir.  */
-      umask (mode | ((S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO) & ~dmode));
-      execl ("/bin/mkdir", "mkdir", dpath, (char *) 0);
-      _exit (1);
-
-    default:			/* Parent process.  */
-      /* Wait for kid to finish.  */
-      while (wait (&status) != cpid)
-	/* Do nothing.  */ ;
-
-      if (status)
-	{
-	  /* /bin/mkdir failed.  */
-	  errno = EIO;
-	  return -1;
-	}
-      return chmod (dpath, dmode);
-    }
+  return ret_val;
 }
--- a/lib/mkstemp.c
+++ b/lib/mkstemp.c
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is derived from the one in the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Disable the definition of mkstemp to rpl_mkstemp (from config.h) in this
+   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_mkstemp on
+   most systems.  */
+#undef mkstemp
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifndef __GT_FILE
+# define __GT_FILE 0
+#endif
+
+int __gen_tempname ();
+
+/* Generate a unique temporary file name from TEMPLATE.
+   The last six characters of TEMPLATE must be "XXXXXX";
+   they are replaced with a string that makes the filename unique.
+   Then open the file and return a fd. */
+int
+rpl_mkstemp (char *template)
+{
+  return __gen_tempname (template, __GT_FILE);
+}
--- a/lib/modechange.c
+++ b/lib/modechange.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* modechange.c -- file mode manipulation
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -50,50 +50,65 @@ char *malloc ();
 # define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif

+/* The traditional octal values corresponding to each mode bit.  */
+#define SUID 04000
+#define SGID 02000
+#define SVTX 01000
+#define RUSR 00400
+#define WUSR 00200
+#define XUSR 00100
+#define RGRP 00040
+#define WGRP 00020
+#define XGRP 00010
+#define ROTH 00004
+#define WOTH 00002
+#define XOTH 00001
+#define ALLM 07777 /* all octal mode bits */
+
 #ifndef S_ISUID
-# define S_ISUID 04000
+# define S_ISUID SUID
 #endif
 #ifndef S_ISGID
-# define S_ISGID 04000
+# define S_ISGID SGID
 #endif
 #ifndef S_ISVTX
-# define S_ISVTX 01000
+# define S_ISVTX SVTX
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRUSR
-# define S_IRUSR 0400
+# define S_IRUSR RUSR
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IWUSR
-# define S_IWUSR 0200
+# define S_IWUSR WUSR
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IXUSR
-# define S_IXUSR 0100
+# define S_IXUSR XUSR
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRGRP
-# define S_IRGRP 0040
+# define S_IRGRP RGRP
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IWGRP
-# define S_IWGRP 0020
+# define S_IWGRP WGRP
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IXGRP
-# define S_IXGRP 0010
+# define S_IXGRP XGRP
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IROTH
-# define S_IROTH 0004
+# define S_IROTH ROTH
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IWOTH
-# define S_IWOTH 0002
+# define S_IWOTH WOTH
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IXOTH
-# define S_IXOTH 0001
+# define S_IXOTH XOTH
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRWXU
-# define S_IRWXU 0700
+# define S_IRWXU (S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRWXG
-# define S_IRWXG 0070
+# define S_IRWXG (S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IXGRP)
 #endif
 #ifndef S_IRWXO
-# define S_IRWXO 0007
+# define S_IRWXO (S_IROTH | S_IWOTH | S_IXOTH)
 #endif

 /* All the mode bits that can be affected by chmod.  */
@@ -157,8 +172,7 @@ mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
 {
  struct mode_change *head;	/* First element of the linked list. */
  struct mode_change *tail;	/* An element of the linked list. */
-  unsigned long mode_value;	/* The mode value, if octal.  */
-  char *string_end;		/* Pointer to end of parsed value.  */
+  unsigned long octal_value;	/* The mode value, if octal.  */
  mode_t umask_value;		/* The umask value (surprise). */

  head = NULL;
@@ -166,12 +180,34 @@ mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
  tail = NULL;
 #endif

-  if (xstrtoul (mode_string, &string_end, 8, &mode_value, "") == LONGINT_OK)
+  if (xstrtoul (mode_string, NULL, 8, &octal_value, "") == LONGINT_OK)
    {
      struct mode_change *p;
-      if (mode_value > CHMOD_MODE_BITS)
+      mode_t mode;
+      if (octal_value != (octal_value & ALLM))
 	return MODE_INVALID;
-      p = make_node_op_equals ((mode_t) mode_value);
+
+      /* Help the compiler optimize the usual case where mode_t uses
+	 the traditional octal representation.  */
+      mode = ((S_ISUID == SUID && S_ISGID == SGID && S_ISVTX == SVTX
+	       && S_IRUSR == RUSR && S_IWUSR == WUSR && S_IXUSR == XUSR
+	       && S_IRGRP == RGRP && S_IWGRP == WGRP && S_IXGRP == XGRP
+	       && S_IROTH == ROTH && S_IWOTH == WOTH && S_IXOTH == XOTH)
+	      ? octal_value
+	      : (mode_t) ((octal_value & SUID ? S_ISUID : 0)
+			  | (octal_value & SGID ? S_ISGID : 0)
+			  | (octal_value & SVTX ? S_ISVTX : 0)
+			  | (octal_value & RUSR ? S_IRUSR : 0)
+			  | (octal_value & WUSR ? S_IWUSR : 0)
+			  | (octal_value & XUSR ? S_IXUSR : 0)
+			  | (octal_value & RGRP ? S_IRGRP : 0)
+			  | (octal_value & WGRP ? S_IWGRP : 0)
+			  | (octal_value & XGRP ? S_IXGRP : 0)
+			  | (octal_value & ROTH ? S_IROTH : 0)
+			  | (octal_value & WOTH ? S_IWOTH : 0)
+			  | (octal_value & XOTH ? S_IXOTH : 0)));
+
+      p = make_node_op_equals (mode);
      if (p == NULL)
 	return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
      mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, p);
@@ -377,23 +413,23 @@ mode_adjust (mode_t oldmode, const struct mode_change *changes)

 	  if (changes->value & S_IRWXU)
 	    /* Copy `u' permissions onto `g' and `o'. */
-	    value |= ((value & S_IRUSR ? S_IRGRP | S_IROTH : 0)
-		      | (value & S_IWUSR ? S_IWGRP | S_IROTH : 0)
+	    value |= (  (value & S_IRUSR ? S_IRGRP | S_IROTH : 0)
+		      | (value & S_IWUSR ? S_IWGRP | S_IWOTH : 0)
 		      | (value & S_IXUSR ? S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH : 0));
 	  else if (changes->value & S_IRWXG)
 	    /* Copy `g' permissions onto `u' and `o'. */
-	    value |= ((value & S_IRGRP ? S_IRUSR | S_IROTH : 0)
-		      | (value & S_IWGRP ? S_IWUSR | S_IROTH : 0)
+	    value |= (  (value & S_IRGRP ? S_IRUSR | S_IROTH : 0)
+		      | (value & S_IWGRP ? S_IWUSR | S_IWOTH : 0)
 		      | (value & S_IXGRP ? S_IXUSR | S_IXOTH : 0));
 	  else
 	    /* Copy `o' permissions onto `u' and `g'. */
-	    value |= ((value & S_IROTH ? S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP : 0)
-		      | (value & S_IWOTH ? S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP : 0)
+	    value |= (  (value & S_IROTH ? S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP : 0)
+		      | (value & S_IWOTH ? S_IWUSR | S_IWGRP : 0)
 		      | (value & S_IXOTH ? S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP : 0));

 	  /* In order to change only `u', `g', or `o' permissions,
 	     or some combination thereof, clear unselected bits.
-	     This can not be done in mode_compile because the value
+	     This cannot be done in mode_compile because the value
 	     to which the `changes->affected' mask is applied depends
 	     on the old mode of each file. */
 	  value &= changes->affected;
--- a/lib/mountlist.c
+++ b/lib/mountlist.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* mountlist.c -- return a list of mounted filesystems
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1997-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,26 +21,23 @@

 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
-#include "mountlist.h"
+

 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #else
 void free ();
 #endif
-#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #else
 # include <strings.h>
 #endif
+#include "xalloc.h"

 #ifndef strstr
 char *strstr ();
 #endif
-char *xmalloc ();
-char *xrealloc ();
-char *xstrdup ();
-void error ();

 #include <errno.h>
 #ifndef errno
@@ -59,18 +56,33 @@ extern int errno;
 # include <sys/param.h>
 #endif

-#if defined (MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT)	/* __alpha running OSF_1 */
-# include <sys/mount.h>
-# include <sys/fs_types.h>
+#if defined MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT	/* OSF_1 and Darwin1.3.x */
+# if HAVE_SYS_UCRED_H
+#  include <sys/ucred.h> /* needed by powerpc-apple-darwin1.3.7 */
+# endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_MOUNT_H
+#  include <sys/mount.h>
+# endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_FS_TYPES_H
+#  include <sys/fs_types.h> /* needed by powerpc-apple-darwin1.3.7 */
+# endif
+# if HAVE_STRUCT_FSSTAT_F_FSTYPENAME
+#  define FS_TYPE(Ent) ((Ent).f_fstypename)
+# else
+#  define FS_TYPE(Ent) mnt_names[(Ent).f_type]
+# endif
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT */

 #ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1	/* 4.3BSD, SunOS, HP-UX, Dynix, Irix.  */
 # include <mntent.h>
-# if !defined(MOUNTED)
-#  if defined(MNT_MNTTAB)	/* HP-UX.  */
+# if !defined MOUNTED
+#  if defined _PATH_MOUNTED	/* GNU libc  */
+#   define MOUNTED _PATH_MOUNTED
+#  endif
+#  if defined MNT_MNTTAB	/* HP-UX.  */
 #   define MOUNTED MNT_MNTTAB
 #  endif
-#  if defined(MNTTABNAME)	/* Dynix.  */
+#  if defined MNTTABNAME	/* Dynix.  */
 #   define MOUNTED MNTTABNAME
 #  endif
 # endif
@@ -85,6 +97,11 @@ extern int errno;
 # include <sys/fs_types.h>
 #endif

+#ifdef MOUNTED_FS_STAT_DEV	/* BeOS.  */
+# include <fs_info.h>
+# include <dirent.h>
+#endif
+
 #ifdef MOUNTED_FREAD		/* SVR2.  */
 # include <mnttab.h>
 #endif
@@ -119,12 +136,15 @@ extern int errno;
 # include <sys/mntent.h>
 #endif

-#if defined (MNTOPT_IGNORE) && defined (HAVE_HASMNTOPT)
+#if defined MNTOPT_IGNORE && defined HAVE_HASMNTOPT
 # define MNT_IGNORE(M) hasmntopt ((M), MNTOPT_IGNORE)
 #else
 # define MNT_IGNORE(M) 0
 #endif

+#include "mountlist.h"
+#include "unlocked-io.h"
+
 #ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1	/* 4.3BSD, SunOS, HP-UX, Dynix, Irix.  */
 /* Return the value of the hexadecimal number represented by CP.
   No prefix (like '0x') or suffix (like 'h') is expected to be
@@ -256,7 +276,7 @@ static char *
 fsp_to_string (const struct statfs *fsp)
 {
 # if defined HAVE_F_FSTYPENAME_IN_STATFS
-  return fsp->f_fstypename;
+  return (char *) (fsp->f_fstypename);
 # else
  return fstype_to_string (fsp->f_type);
 # endif
@@ -413,7 +433,112 @@ read_filesystem_list (int need_fs_type)
  }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNT. */

-#if defined (MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT)	/* __alpha running OSF_1 */
+#if defined MOUNTED_FS_STAT_DEV /* BeOS */
+  {
+    /* The next_dev() and fs_stat_dev() system calls give the list of
+       all filesystems, including the information returned by statvfs()
+       (fs type, total blocks, free blocks etc.), but without the mount
+       point. But on BeOS all filesystems except / are mounted in the
+       rootfs, directly under /.
+       The directory name of the mount point is often, but not always,
+       identical to the volume name of the device.
+       We therefore get the list of subdirectories of /, and the list
+       of all filesystems, and match the two lists.  */
+
+    DIR *dirp;
+    struct rootdir_entry
+      {
+        char *name;
+        dev_t dev;
+        ino_t ino;
+        struct rootdir_entry *next;
+      };
+    struct rootdir_entry *rootdir_list;
+    struct rootdir_entry **rootdir_tail;
+    int32 pos;
+    dev_t dev;
+    fs_info fi;
+
+    /* All volumes are mounted in the rootfs, directly under /. */
+    rootdir_list = NULL;
+    rootdir_tail = &rootdir_list;
+    dirp = opendir ("/");
+    if (dirp)
+      {
+        struct dirent *d;
+
+        while ((d = readdir (dirp)) != NULL)
+          {
+            char *name;
+            struct stat statbuf;
+
+            if (strcmp (d->d_name, "..") == 0)
+              continue;
+
+            if (strcmp (d->d_name, ".") == 0)
+              name = xstrdup ("/");
+            else
+              {
+                name = xmalloc (1 + strlen (d->d_name) + 1);
+                name[0] = '/';
+                strcpy (name + 1, d->d_name);
+              }
+
+            if (lstat (name, &statbuf) >= 0 && S_ISDIR (statbuf.st_mode))
+              {
+                struct rootdir_entry *re;
+
+                re = (struct rootdir_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct rootdir_entry));
+                re->name = name;
+                re->dev = statbuf.st_dev;
+                re->ino = statbuf.st_ino;
+
+                /* Add to the linked list.  */
+                *rootdir_tail = re;
+                rootdir_tail = &re->next;
+              }
+            else
+              free (name);
+          }
+        closedir (dirp);
+      }
+    *rootdir_tail = NULL;
+
+    for (pos = 0; (dev = next_dev (&pos)) >= 0; )
+      if (fs_stat_dev (dev, &fi) >= 0)
+        {
+          /* Note: fi.dev == dev. */
+          struct rootdir_entry *re;
+
+          for (re = rootdir_list; re; re = re->next)
+            if (re->dev == fi.dev && re->ino == fi.root)
+              break;
+
+          me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
+          me->me_devname = xstrdup (fi.device_name[0] != '\0' ? fi.device_name : fi.fsh_name);
+          me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (re != NULL ? re->name : fi.fsh_name);
+          me->me_type = xstrdup (fi.fsh_name);
+          me->me_dev = fi.dev;
+          me->me_dummy = 0;
+          me->me_remote = (fi.flags & B_FS_IS_SHARED) != 0;
+
+          /* Add to the linked list. */
+          *mtail = me;
+          mtail = &me->me_next;
+        }
+    *mtail = NULL;
+
+    while (rootdir_list != NULL)
+      {
+        struct rootdir_entry *re = rootdir_list;
+        rootdir_list = re->next;
+        free (re->name);
+        free (re);
+      }
+  }
+#endif /* MOUNTED_FS_STAT_DEV */
+
+#if defined MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT	/* __alpha running OSF_1 */
  {
    int numsys, counter, bufsize;
    struct statfs *stats;
@@ -437,7 +562,7 @@ read_filesystem_list (int need_fs_type)
 	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (stats[counter].f_mntfromname);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (stats[counter].f_mntonname);
-	me->me_type = mnt_names[stats[counter].f_type];
+	me->me_type = xstrdup (FS_TYPE (stats[counter]));
 	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	me->me_remote = ME_REMOTE (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
 	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
@@ -451,7 +576,7 @@ read_filesystem_list (int need_fs_type)
  }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT */

-#if defined (MOUNTED_FREAD) || defined (MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP) /* SVR[23].  */
+#if defined MOUNTED_FREAD || defined MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP /* SVR[23].  */
  {
    struct mnttab mnt;
    char *table = "/etc/mnttab";
@@ -615,6 +740,8 @@ read_filesystem_list (int need_fs_type)
    for (thisent = entries; thisent < entries + bufsize;
 	 thisent += vmp->vmt_length)
      {
+	char *options, *ignore;
+
 	vmp = (struct vmount *) thisent;
 	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
 	if (vmp->vmt_flags & MNT_REMOTE)
@@ -638,7 +765,12 @@ read_filesystem_list (int need_fs_type)
 	  }
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (thisent + vmp->vmt_data[VMT_STUB].vmt_off);
 	me->me_type = xstrdup (fstype_to_string (vmp->vmt_gfstype));
-	me->me_dummy = ME_DUMMY (me->me_devname, me->me_type);
+	options = thisent + vmp->vmt_data[VMT_ARGS].vmt_off;
+	ignore = strstr (options, "ignore");
+	me->me_dummy = (ignore
+			&& (ignore == options || ignore[-1] == ',')
+			&& (ignore[sizeof "ignore" - 1] == ','
+			    || ignore[sizeof "ignore" - 1] == '\0'));
 	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1; /* vmt_fsid might be the info we want.  */

 	/* Add to the linked list. */
--- a/Show More
+++ b/Show More